HomeMy WebLinkAboutResolution - 5167 - Contract - Lubbock Building Services - Emergency Exit Stairway - 04_18_1996RESOLUTION NO.5167
April 18, 1996
Item #16
RESOLUTION
BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK:
THAT the Mayor of the City of Lubbock BE and is hereby authorized and directed to
execute for and on behalf of the City of Lubbock a Contract with Lubbock Building Services of
Lubbock, Texas, to furnish and install all materials and services as bid for the Emergency Exit
Stairway, attached hereto and which shall be spread upon the minutes of the Council and as
spread upon the minutes of this Council shall constitute and be a part of this Resolution as if
fully copied herein in detail.
APPROVED AS TO CONTENT:
Victor Kilman, t1urchasing Manager
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Attorney
DGV: js/EMEREXIT.RES
ccdocs/April 9, 1996
-- RESOLUTION 5167
APRIL 18, 1996
L _ e L--w. C ; L—.� L� L:
F
City of Lubbock
P.O. Box 2000
Lubbock. Texas 79457
r
606-767-2167
April 18, 1996
Jerry Smith
Lubbock Building Services
5121 B-1 69th
Lubbock, Texas 79424
r RE: BID #13534 - EXIT STAIRS AT MUNICIPAL SQUARE BUILDING
L Dear Mr. Smith:
Office of
Purchasing
The City of Lubbock considered your bid submittal on April 3, 1996, for work to be done
and materials to be furnished for the job stated above as set forth in detail in the Specifications,
Plans, and Contract Documents for such work for the City of Lubbock. Your bid submittal
appeared fair, equitable and to the best interest of the City. Please take notice that said bid was
accepted by the City Council of the City of Lubbock on the 18th day of April, 1996, at the bid
price contained therein, subject to the execution of and furnishing of all contract documents, bonds,
certificates of insurance, and all other documents specified and required to be executed and
furnished under the contract documents. Please pay particular attention to the requirements for the
insurance which is set out in the "CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE" under number 28 of the
General Conditions of the Agreement.
Enclosed please dgn the five contracts and return all five copies of all documents
requested to the City of Lubbock within TEN (10) DAYS from your receipt of this letter.
If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me at (806)767-2168.
r XSin ,
RON SHUFFIE
SENIOR BUYER
RS/sl
Enclosure: 5 Contracts
RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED P 025 172 409
r
ift
F
71,
r
CITY OF LUBBOCK
INVITATION TO BID
FOR
TITLE: EXIT STAIRS AT MUNICIPAL SQUARE BUILDING
ADDRESS: LUBBOCK, TEXAS
rr ,leRvil l<T• V
PROJECT NUMBER: 9047.9211
CONTRACT PREPARED BY: PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
C�
1. NOTICE TO BIDDERS
2. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
3. BID SUBMITTAL — BID FOR LUMP SUM CONTRACTS
4. PAYMENT BOND
S. PERFORMANCE BOND
6. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
7. CONTRACT
8. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT
9. CURRENT WAGE DETERMINATIONS
10. SPECIFICATIONS
11. SPECIAL CONDITION
No Text
p—
r
E
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
BID #13534
Sealed bids addressed to Victor Kilman, Purchasing Manager, City of Lubbock, Texas, will be received in the office of the
Purchasing Manager, Municipal Building, 1625 13th Street., Room L-04, Lubbock, Texas, 79401, until 2:00 o'clock p.m. on the
3rd day of April,1996, or as changed by the issuance of formal addenda to all planholders, to furnish aff labor and materials and
perform all work for the construction of the following described project:
410CIT STAIRS AT MMCIPAL SQUARE BUILDING"
,
4
After the expiration of the time and date above first written, said sealed bids will be Wined in the office of the Purchasing
Manager and publicly read aloud.
It is the sole responsibility of the bidder to insure that his bid is actually in the office of the Purchasing Manager for the City
of Lubbock, prior to the expiration of the date above first written.
The City of Lubbock will consider the bids on the 25th day of April,1996, at the Municipal Building, 1625 13th Street,
Lubbock, Texas, or as soon thereafter as may be reasonably convenient, subject to the right to reject any or all bids and waive any
formalities. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government
Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $ 100,000 and the successful
bidder will be required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 1001/6 of
the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $25,000. Said statutory bonds should be issued by a company
carrying a current Best Rating of B or superior. as the rating of the bond company is a factor that will be considered in determination
of the lowest rgsponsible bidder.
Bidders are required, whether or not a ent or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's or certified check
issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Ln=or a bid bond from a reliable surety comfy, payable without recourse to the
order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than 5% of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will
enter into a contract and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within 10 days after notice of award of the contract to him.
It shall be each bidders sole responsibility to inspect the site of the work and to inform himself regarding all local conditions
under which the work is to be done. It shall be understood and agreed that all such factors have been thoroughly investigated and
considered in the preparation of the bid submitted. There will be a pre -bid conference on 27th day of March,1996, at 10:00
o'clock am., in the Purchasing Conference Room L-04, Lubbock, Texas
Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in the
contract documents on file in the office of the Purchasing Manager of the City of Lubbock, which document is specifically referred to
in this notice to bidders. Each bidder's attention is further directed to provision of Article 5159a, Vernon's Ann. Civil St., and the
requirements contained therein concerning the above wage scale and payment by the contractor of the prevailing rates of wages as
heretofore established by owner in said wage scale.
The City of Lubbock hereby notifies all bidders that in regard to any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement,
minority and women business enterprises will be afforded equal opportunities to submit bids in response to this invitation and will
not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, sex, disability, or national origin in consideration for an award
The City of Lubbock does not discriminate against persons with disabilities. City of Lubbock pre -bid meetings and bid
openings are available to all persons regardless of disability. If you would like bid information made available in a more accessible
format or if you require assistance, please contact the City of Lubbock Human Relations Office at (806) 767-2281 at least 48 hours in
advance of the meeting.
CITY OF LUBB
vicToRilmAN
PURCHASING MANAGER
Bid documents may be obtained upon request from the Purchasing Department at 1625 13th Street,
Room L-04, Lubbock, Texas 79401; Telephone (806)767-2167/Fax (806)767-2164.
I
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
r
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
The contractor shall furnish all labor, superintendence, machinery, equipment and all materials necessary to complete this
project in accordance with contract documents for the EXIT STAIRS AT MUNICIPAL SQUARE BUEI DING.
All work covered by this contract shall be done in accordance with contract documents described in the General Conditions.
All bidders shall be thoroughly familiar with all of the requirements set forth on the contract documents for the construction
of this project and shall be responsible for the satisfactory completion of all work contemplated by said contract documents.
3. PLANS FOR USE BY BIDDERS
It is the intent of the City of Lubbock that all parties with an interest in submitting a bid on the project covered by the
contract documents be given a reasonable opportunity to examine the documents and prepare a bid without charge of
forfeiture of deposit. The contract documents, may be examined without charge as noted in the Notice to Bidders.
4. BIDDER INQUIRIES
No bidder shall request any information verbally. All written requests for additional information or clarification concerning
this bid must be addressed. to:
RON SHUFFIELD
SENIOR BUYER
CITY OF LUBBOCK
P.O. BOX 2000
LUBBOCK, TX 79457
FAX (806)767-2164
5. TIME AND ORDER FOR COMPLETION
The construction covered by the contract documents shall be fully completed within 90 (NINETY) consecutive calendar
days from the date specified in the Notice to Proceed issued by the City of Lubbock to the successful bidder.
r The Contractor will be permitted to prdsecute the work in the order of his own choosing, provided, however, the City
reserves the right to require the Contractor to submit a progress schedule of the work contemplated by the contract
documents. In the event the City requires a progress schedule to be submitted, and it is determined by the City that the
progress of the work is not in accordance with the progress schedule so submitted, the City may direct the Contractor to take
such action as the City deems necessary to insure completion of the project within the time specified.
6. PAYMENT
All payments due to Contractor shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions of the contract
documents.
7. AFFIDAVITS OF BILLS PAID
E" The City of Lubbock reserves the right, prior to final acceptance of this project to require the Contractor to execute an
affidavit that all bills for labor, materials and incidentals incurred in the construction of the improvements contemplated by
the contract documents have been paid in full and that there are no claims pending, of which the Contractor has been
notified.
8. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
The intent of these contract documents is that only materials and workmanship of the best quality and grade will be
furnished. The fact that the specifications may fail to be sufficiently complete in some detail will not relieve the Contractor
of full responsibility for providing materials of high quality and for protecting them adequately until incorporated into the
project. The presence or absence of a representative of the City on the site will not relieve the Contractor of full
responsibility of complying with this provision The specifications for materials and methods set forth in the contract --
documents provide minimum standards of quality which the Owner believes necessary to procure a satisfactory project.
9. >GUARANTEES —
All equipment and materials incorporated in the project and all construction shall be guaranteed against defective materials
and workmanship. Prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner, a written general guarantee which
shall provide that the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work, and pay for any and all damages of any nature
whatsoever resulting in such defects, when such defects appear within ONE year from date of final acceptance of the work
as a result of defective materials or workmanship, at no cost to the Owner (City of Lubbock).
10. PLANS FOR THE CONTRACTOR
The contractor will be furnished one set of plans and specifications, and related contract documents for his use during _
construction. Plans and specifications for use during construction will only be furnished directly to the Contractor. The
Contractor shall then distribute copies of plans and specifications to suppliers, subcontractors or others, as required for
proper prosecution of the work contemplated by the Contractor.
11. PROTECTION OF THE WORK
The Contractor shall be responsible for the rare, preservation, conservation, and protection of all materials, supplies,
machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, and all means of construction, and any and all parts of the
work whether the Contractor has been paid, partially paid, or not paid for such work, until the date the City issues its
certificate of completion to Contractor. The City reserves the right, after the bids have been opened and before the contract
has been awarded, to require of a bidder the following information:
(a) The experience record of the bidder showing completed jobs of a similar nature to the one covered by the intended
contract and all work in progress with bond amounts and percentage completed. —
(b) A sworn statement of the current financial condition of the bidder.
(c) Equipment schedule.
12. TEXAS STATE SALES TAX
This contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption provisions pursuant to provisions of Article 20.04
of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act.
The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit which shall enable him to buy the materials to be
incorporated into the work without paying the tax at the time of purchase.
13. PROTECTION OF SUBSURFACE LINES AND STRUCTURES
It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to prosecute the work contemplated by the contract documents in such a way as to
exercise due care to locate and prevent damage to all underground pipelines, utility lines, conduits or other underground --
structures which might or could be damaged by Contractor during the construction of the project contemplated by these
contract documents. The City of Lubbock agrees that it will furnish Contractor the location of all such underground lines
and utilities of which it has knowledge. However, such fact shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities _
r-r
aforementioned. All such underground lines or structures cut or damaged by Contractor during the prosecution of the work
contemplated by this contract shall be repaired immediately by Contractor to the satisfaction of the City of Lubbock, Texas,
at Contractor" s expense.
14. BARRICADES AND SAFETY MEASURES
The contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish and erect such barricades, fences, lights and danger signals, and shall take
' such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons, property and the work as may be necessary. The
Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades, signs, and lights to protect it, and
when damage is incurred, the damaged portion shall be immediately removed and replaced by Contractor at his own cost
t and expense. The Contractot's nsibili for maintenance of barricades signs, xpe respo ty gns, and lights shall not cease until the date
of issuance to Contractor of City's certificate of acceptance of the project.
15. EXPLOSIVES
The use of explosives will not be permitted unless written permission to do so is obtained by the Contractor from the City.
In all rases where written permission is obtained for the use of explosives, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for
all damage which may occur as a direct or indirect result of the blasting. In addition, in all cases where explosives are
authorized to be used, the Contractor shall use utmost care so as not to endanger life or property and the Contractor shall
further use only such methods as are currently utilized by persons, firms, or corporations engaged in similar type of
construction activity.
Explosive materials shall not be stored or kept at the construction site by the Contractor.
In all cases where explosives are to be used during the construction of the project contemplated by this contract, it shall be
the duty of the Contractor to notify each utility company having structures (above or below the ground) in proximity to the
site of the work of Contractot's intention to use explosives, and such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable
the companies to take such steps as they may deem necessary to protect their property from injury. Such notice, however,
shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any damage resulting from his blasting operations.
16. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE
The successful bidder shall be required to have a responsible local representative available at all times while the work is in
progress under this contract. The successful bidder shall be required to furnish the name, address and telephone number
where such local representative may be reached during the time that the work contemplated by this contract is in progress.
17. INSURANCE
The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the General
Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas and satisfactory
to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of cancellation or any material change will
be provided ten (10) days in advance of cancellation or change. All policies shall contain an agreement on the part of the
insurer waiving the right to subrogation.
The insurance certificates furnished shall name the City as an additional insured and shall further state that all
subcontractors are named as additional insureds, or in the alternative, shall be accompanied by a statement from the
r, Contractor to the effect that no work on this particular project shall be subcontracted.
18. LABOR AND WORKING HOURS
Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in these
t contract documents. The wage rate which must be paid on this project shall not be less than specified in the schedule of
general prevailing rates of per diem wages as above mentioned. The bidders' attention is further directed to the
requirements of Article 5159a, Veruon's Annotated Civil Statutes providing for the payment of the wage schedules above
mentioned and the bidder's obligations thereunder. The inclusion of the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem
r wages in these contract documents does not release the Contractor from compliance with any wage law that may be
1
e
applicable. Construction work under this contract requiring an inspector will not be performed on weekends or holidays
unless the following conditions exist:
(1) The project being constructed is essential to the City of Lubbock's ability to provide the necessary service to its
citizens.
(2) Delays in construction are due to factors outside the control of the Contractor. The Contractor is approaching the
penalty provisions of the contract and Contractor can show he has made a diligent effort to complete the contract
within the allotted time.
Before construction work requiring an inspector is to be performed on weekends or holidays, the Contractor must notify the
Owner's Representative not less than three full working days prior to the weekend or holiday he desires to do work and
obtain written permission from the Owner's Representative to do such work. The final decision on whether to allow --
construction work requiring an inspector on weekends or holidays will be made by the Owner's Representative.
In any event, if a condition should occur or arise at the site of this project or from the work being done under this contract
which is hazardous or dangerous to property or life, the Contractor shall immediately commence work, regardless of the day
of the week or the time of day, to correct or alleviate such condition so that it is no longer dangerous to property or life.
19. PAYMENT OF EMPLOYEES AND FILING OF PAYROLLS
The contractor and each of his subcontractors shall pay each of his employees engaged in work on the project under this
contract in full (less mandatory legal deductions) in cash, or by check readily cashable without discount, not less often than
once each week. The Contractor and each of his subcontractors engaged at the site of the work shall not later than the
seventh day following the payment of wages, file with the Owner's Representative, or Engineer, a certified, sworn, legible
copy of such payroll. This shall contain the name of each employee, his classification, the number of hours worked on each
day, rate of pay, and net pay. The affidavit shall state that the copy is a true and correct copy of such payroll, that no rebates
or deductions (except as shown) have been made, or will in the future be made from the wages paid as shown thereon. The
Contractor must classify employees according to one of the classifications set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate
of per diem wages, which schedule is included in the contract documents. —
The Contractor shall forfeit as a penalty to the City of Lubbock on whose behalf this contract is made, ten dollars for each
laborer, workman, or mechanic employed for each calendar day, or portion thereof, such laborer, workman or mechanic is
paid less than the wages assigned to his particular classification as set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per
diem wages included in these contract documents.
20. PROVISIONS CONCERNING ESCALATION CLAUSES
Bids submitted containing any conditions which provide for changes in the stated bid price due to increases or
decreases in the cost of materials, labor or other items required for the project will be rejected and returned to the bidder
without being considered.
21. PREPARATION FOR BID
The bidder shall submit his bid on forms furnished by the City. All blank spaces in the form shall be correctly filled in and
the bidder shall state the price both in words and numerals, for which he intends to do the work contemplated or furnish the
materials required. Such prices shall be written in ink, distinctly and legibly, or typewritten. In case of discrepancy
between the price written in words and the price written in figures, the price written in words shall govern. If the bid is
submitted by an individual, his name must be signed by him or his duly authorized agent. If a bid is submitted by a firm,
association, or partnership, the name and address of each member must be given and the bid signed by a member of the
firm, association or partnership, or person duly authorized. If the bid is submitted by a company or corporation, the
company or corporate name and business address must be given, and the bid signed by an official or duly authorized agent.
Powers of attorney authorizing agents or others to sign bids must be properly certified and must be in writing and submitted
with the bid. The bid shall be executed in ink.
Each bid shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope, addressed as specified in the Notice to Bidders, and endorsed on the outside
of the envelope in the following manner:
22.
t
r.,
F.
r,
(a) Bidder's name
(b) Bid for (description of the project).
Bid submittals may be withdrawn and resubmitted at any time prior to the time set for opening of the bids, but no bid may
be withdrawn or altered thereafter.
BOUND COPY OF CONTRACT DOCUIb MS
Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by bidder shall be bound and include the following:
(a) Notice to Bidders.
(b) General Instructions to Bidders.
(c) Bidder's Submittal.
(d) Statutory Bond (if required).
(e) Contract Agreement.
(f) General Conditions.
(g) Special Conditions (if any).
(h) Specifications.
(i) Insurance Certificates.
U7 All other documents made available to bidder for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders.
If Plans and Specifications are too bulky or cumbersome to be physically bound, they are to be considered incorporated by
reference into the aforementioned contract documents.
_ _.
�_ a r....__.
�: � �>�
F
r
F
pLACE: 1605 13th Street
FDATE: April 3,1996
BID SUBMITTAL
LUMP SUM BID CONTRACT
701ECr NUMBER: 135M - EXIT STAIRS AT MUNICIPAL SQUARE BUILDING
Bidof Lubbock Building Services (hereinafter called Bidder)
Fro the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of bftock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner)
Gentlemen:
Frhe Bidder, in compliance with your invitation forbids for the construction of a Exit Stairs at Mu n i c i 2 a 1
r Square Building
1,
having carefully examined the plans, specifications, instructions to bidders, notice to bidders and all other related contract
ocuments and the site of the intended work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of the
ntended project including the availability of materials and Libor, hereby intends to furnish all labor, materials, and supplies, and to
construct the project in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, within the tim set forth therein and at the
'ce stated below. The price to Dover atl e�enses incurred in performing the w// ork required under the contract docarments.
win- .a.s+ %jJrtc �.�a�ccJ'wc/vc N6 (p J vie
.vlAT�IALs:� Si x
l 7 CES: Tyv.. tz,. �� o %9?u ✓> lot-. ✓ol .yl� I le- d" C' Ru- ��;.� f (s 2 , 9 2-
$ )
TamBIDJs/Y4 �,�: c %%ny,,.n/ ;d4,ol•.-'I �. It, )
F(Amount shall be shown in both words and figures. In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in word) shall govern.)
Bidder hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on or before a date to be specified in a written "Notice to
roro� of the Owner and to fully complete the prx0ect within 90i consecutive calendar days tbereaRtr as stipulated in
!l ,he specifications and other contract its. Bidder hereby further agrees to pay to Owner as lixpd3ted damages the arm of
$200.00 (TWO HUNDRED DOLLARS) for each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time set forth hereinabove for
F o
mplction of this project, all as more faliy set forth in the general conditions of the contract documents.
Bidder understands and agrees that this bid submittal shall be completed and submitted in accordance with instruction
cumber 21 of the, General Instructions to Bidders.
Bidderunderstands the f i that Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any onnality m the b dduig.
The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) calendar days after the
..cheduled closing time for receiving bids.
r
The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully examined the plans,
specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this bid, and he further agrees to commence work on or
before the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially complete the work on which he has bid; as provided in
the contract documents.
Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's check or certified
check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to
the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five percent (5% ) of the total amount of the bid submitted as a
guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract and execute all necessary bonds (if required) witidn.10 days after notice of award of
the contract to him.
Enclosed with this bid is a Cashier's Chock or Certified Check for
(S ) or a Bid Bond in the sum of 9, -W 4;-- /-, lsMars ($LK4k2. � ), which it is
agreed shall be collected and retained by the Ow&i as liquidated damages in the event the bid is accepted by the Owner and the
undersigned fails to execute the necessary contract documents and the required bond (if any) with the Owner within ten (10) days
after the date of receipt of written notification of acceptance of said bid; otherwise, said check or bond shall be returned to the
undersigned upon demand
Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Bidder shall be bound and include all contract documents
made available to him for his inspection in accordance with the No
(Seal if Bidder is a Corporation)
ATTEST:
I
(Printed or Typed Name)
_Lubbock Building Services
Company
5121 B-1 69th
Address
Lubbock .Lubbock
City, County
State Zip Code
Telephone: 8 0 6 - 719
Fax Number: 8 0 6 7
F
r
F
F
F
F
COMMERCIAL INDEMNITY
Insurance CompaU
BID BOND
BOND NUMBER BD27784
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
THAT LUBBOCK BUILDING SERVICE, 5121 B-1 69TH STREET, LUBBOCK, TEXAS
79424 as Principal, and COMMERCIAL INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY, as Surety, are
held and firmly bound unto CITY OF LUBBOCK as Obligee, in the full and just sum of FIVE
PERCENT (5%) OF THE AMOUNT BID lawful money of the United States, for the payment of
which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, administrators, executors,
successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal is hereby submitting its proposal for EXIT STAIRS MUNICIPAL
SQUARE, BID NO. 13534.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the
aforesaid Principal shall be awarded the contract the said Principal will, within the time required,
enter into a formal contract and give a good and sufficient bond to secure the performance of the
terms and conditions of the contract, then this obligation to be void; otherwise, the Principal and
Surety will pay unto the Obligee the difference in money between the amount of the bid of the said
Principal and the amount for which the Obligee legally contracts with another party to perform the
work if the latter amount be in excess of the former, but in no event shall liability hereunder
exceed the penal sum hereof.
Signed, sealed and delivered MARCH 19. 1996.
BUILDING SERVICES
PRINCIPp
By (SEAL)
77
ER IA ITY INSURANCE COMPANY
By SEAL)
PAUL CA RON, ATTORNEY4N-FACT
F
A Indemnity Insurance Company BD
F?1__.00U1Box 67OMMERCIAL
27784
r.Austin, Texas 78767 NDEMNITY INSURANCE CQ POWER OF ATTORNEY
�o
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
t the Commercial indemnity Insurance Company, a Corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, having
its principal office in Austin, Texas, pursuant to the following resolution, adopted by the Board of Directors of the said Company on the 12th
day of May, 1994, to wit:
F"Resolved, that any officer of the Company shall have authority to make, execute and deliver a Power of Attorney constituting as Attorney -
In -Fact, such persons, firms, or corporations as may be selected from time to time.
Be It Further Resolved, that the signature of any officer and the Seal of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or any
certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall
be valid and binding upon the Company and any such powers so executed and certified by facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid
r'and binding upon the Company in the future with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached." Commercial Indemnity Insurance
Company does hereby make, constitute and appoint:
JOHN W. SCHULER OR PAUL CAMERON
State of Texas its true and lawful attorneys) -in -fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to sign, execute,
7acknowledge and deliver in its behalf, and its act and deed, as follows:
7The obligation of the Company shall not exceed one million ($1,000,000.00) Dollars.
I And to bind Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bond or undertaking was signed by
the duly authorized officer of the Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company, and all the acts of saidAuorney(s) pursuant to the authority herein
given, are hereby ratified and confirmed.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company has caused these presents to be signed by any officer of the Company
!^ and its Corporate Seal to be hereto affixed
RD
State of Texas
County of Travis
VJohn W. Schuler, President
On this 12th day of May, in the year 1994, before me Ann Bennett, a notary public, personally appeared John W. Schuler, personally known
to me to be the person who executed the within instrument as President, on behalf of the Corporation therein named and acknowledged to me
that the Corporation executed it. ANN.ENNE]Y
OAIV'�_NOTARY PUBLIC
r Y/laJ�v�Tr�C. 01- emaous'+l
l Commission Expires 8-6-97 Ann Bennett, Notary Public
CERTIFICATE
I, the undersigned, Secretary of Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing and attached Power
l of Attorney and Certificate of Authority remains in full force and has not been revoked:
Signed and Sealed at the said Company at Austin, Texas dated this 19TH day of MARCH , 19 96
GSEAS, �
Paul Cameron, Secretary
COMMERCIAL INDEMNITY
Insurance CompM
(formerly Commercial Lloyd's Insurance Company)
IMPORTANT NOTICE
To obtain information or make a complaint:
You may contact John Schuler, President of Operations, whose direct dial
number is 512-444-7776. You may also fax us information at 512-440-0989.
You may also call Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company's toll -free
telephone number for information or to make a complaint at:
1-800-234-8046
You may also write to Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company: 1507 South
IH-35, Austin, Texas 78741.
You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on
companies, coverages, rights or complaints at:
1-800-262-3439
You may also write the Texas Department of Insurance: P.O. Box 149104,
Austin, Texas 78714-9104, Fax 512-475-1771.
PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your
premium or about a claim you should contact the company first. If the dispute is
not resolved you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance.
ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: This notice is for information only
and does not become a part of condition of the attached document.
F
F
LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS
1.
2.
3.
4.
S.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Minority Owned
Yes No
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
❑ • 0
❑ 0
0 0
❑ 0
0 0
I
PAYMENT BOND
F
BOND CHECK
BEST RATING
LICENSED IN TEXAS
DATE Y
QLQ
f
r
l:
STATUTORY PAYmm BONA PURSUANT TO SECTION 22m m i (a)
r. OF nm TEXAS GOVERNMP. a CODE
(COM ACTS MORE THM SU,000) BOND NO. BD 28300
KNOW ALL MEN BY TMESE PPXMN $, that LUBBOCK BUILDING SERVICES called the prin{pW=), a
prim4wm. anti
COMMERCIAL INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY
c,
(Wein4er call ff ' 'Y uq�& TH tI % � umto the Oty of Lubbock (Z=Vina called the ObUgmX is
the amount aF __- (S. 9 240.0 k"d money of 12t United States fat the
payumm wht1eof, sad Surety bind themsedvra, and their heirs, administrator:, mecutom mc=sm and asaigas.
Jointly and sovemuy, firmty by amme p
WHM AS, the Principal has catered into a attain written conaact with the Obligee, dated the o!
APRIL ,14 96,toBID # 13534'--EXIT STAIRS AT MUNICIPAL SQUARE LDING.
and said Principal undo the taw is r upired before commencing the work provided for in said contmi to exeaue a bond in the
amount of said contract which contract is hereby rcf=W to and made a part hereof as fully and to the mne mew as If copied 21
length herein.
NOW, FORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIOATION 1S SUCK that if the mid Ptiaapal shall pay all
claimants supplying labor and material to him or a subooatractot in the prosecution of the went provided for in said contract, than,
this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in field font cad C&M-
PROVIDED, HOWEVEIZ, that this bond is exaartW rav ant to the psovts = of Section 2233.021(a) ofthe Tem
Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond shall be &nm= rood in Socorda= with tax provisions of said Article to the saran
c a= as if it vmmcopied at length bereia
IN WTINESS WI EREOF, the and Principal (s) and Surrey (s) have signcc and sealed this instramast this 29TH dap cf
APRIL 19,-a.
COMMERCIAL INDEMNITY INSURANCE
Surety .
._
(Tiilel AUL
_=ATTOMEY-IN-FACT
r-�
COMPANY LUBBOCK BUILDING SERVICES
('IStla)
muci
r
i
r
r The un&rsipad surctp com;aay MP==n that it is duly qualifWd to do betsinas is Tam and hereby designate
l DUB GOODWIN as W-nt cendeat in Lubbock County to whom any requisite wd= may be deuvered and on wham Service
of pm=a may be had in madtsrs arising out of mch Wretyahip.
COMMERCIAL INDEMN INSURANCE -.COMPANY
�ar
�T> PA CANIERE1
t�t Approved as to form: ATTORNEY—IN'rFACT-'
City of Lubbock
ttorniy
Nate: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company there must be an 61e a cettiSod VM= ifom the bbf4m showing dud this
person has authority to sign such obligation if signed by as Attorney in Fact, vm unat bm coPy cf power of attorney for oar Sm
to
F
r.
4 .
4
4
i
i
Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company
P.O. Box 67
Austin, Texas 78767
COMMERCIAL
ND, EANN17Y INSURAi10E tK
BD 28300
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
That the Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company, a Corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, having
its principal office in Austin, Texas, pursuant to the following resolution, adopted by the Board of Directors of the said Company on the 12th
day of May, 1994, to wit:
"Resolved, that any officer of the Company shall have authority to make, execute and deliver a Power of Attorney constituting as Attorney.
�"In-Fact, such persons, firms, or corporations as may be selected from time to time.
0
Be It Further Resolved, that the signature of any officer and the Seal of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or any
�certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall
be valid and binding upon the Company and any such powers so executed and certified by facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid
and binding upon the Company in the future with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached." Commercial Indemnity Insurance
Company does hereby make, constitute and appoint:
JOHNW-SCH111FRORPA111 CAMERON
State of Texas its true and lawful attorneys) -in -fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to sign, execute,
acknowledge and deliver in its behalf, and its act and deed, as follows:
FThe obligation of the Company shall not exceed one million ($1,000,000.00) Dollars.
And to bind Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bond or undertaking was signed by
the duly authorized officer of the Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company, and all the acts of said Attorneys) pursuantto the authority herein
'given, are hereby ratified and confirmed.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company has caused these presents to be signed by any officer of the Company
and its Corporate Seal to be hereto affixed.
TV
SEAL
T
E
4. .
State of Texas
Fcounty of Travis •
John W. Schuler, President
'On this 12th day of May, in the year 1994, before me Ann Bennett, a notary public, personally appeared John W. Schuler, personally known
` 'to me to be the person who executed the within instrument as President, on behalf of the Corporation therein named and acknowledged to me
r-that the Corporation executed it. MOTS L�
I EStl t
r-commission Expires 8-6-97 Ann Bennett, Notary Public
1,
CERTIFICATE
7% the undersigned, Secretary of Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing and attached Power
of Attorney and Certificate of Authority remains in full force and has not been revoked:
reigned and Sealed at the said Company -at Austin, Texas dated this
��
p
29TH day of APRIL 19 96
i
Paul Cameron, Secretary
F , _
Flo
COMMERCIAL INDEMNITY
Insurance Company
7 (formerly Commercial Lloyd's Insurance Company)
IMPORTANT NOTICE
To obtain information or make a complaint:
You may contact John Schuler, President of Operations, whose direct dial number is
512-444-7776. You may also fax us information at 512-440-0989. You may also
call Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company's toll -free telephone number for
information or to make a complaint at:
1-800-234-8046
You may also write to Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company
1507 South IH-35, Austin, Texas 78741.
You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on
companies, coverages, rights or complaints at:
1-800-252-3439
You may also write the Texas Department of Insurance: P.O. Box 149104, Austin,
Texas 78714-9104, Fax # 512-475-1771.
PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your
premium or about a claim you should contact the company first. If the dispute is not
resolved you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance.
ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: This notice is for information only and
does not become a part of condition of the attached document.
No Text
7-
STATUTORY PERFORMANCE BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 2253.021(a)
OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE
(CONTRACTS MORE THAN $100,000)
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that (hereinafter called the Principal(s), as Principal(s), and
(hereinafter called the Surety(s), as Surety(s), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the Obligee), in
the amount of Dollars (S ) lawful money of the United States for the
payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns,
Jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the _ day of
19_, to
and said principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in the
amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at
length herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully
perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise
to remain in full force and effect.
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2253.021 (a) of the Texas
Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said article to the same
Went as if it were copied at length herein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this _ day of
,19
Surety
By:
(Title)
I
Principal
By:
(Title)
By:
(Title)
By:
(Title)
7
The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby designates
an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of
process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship.
Surety
*By:
(Title)
Approved as to Form
City of Lubbock
By:
City Attorney
• Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this
person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of attorney for our files.
30
ar,
z
.:....................:......
::. .}:}}:^:o}f;:vffili:4:it<: :ff}:?:?•:... �:::: fSi.'S
:':'is}�::;�::�::�f:�f:�ffff ff:}�f:�f:�ff::�f:�ff 'f':�f:�ff:?�ff:�fff:fffi � ffff::ff::::':fff.'::��'i• �>:�f:Y�if;yf:;i+: •:i:�::�::;;�:fff;} }:•:i:;;:•:.:}%�r:}::::;.;}}}•}•:+•:}>::}:::;»:
.... .l? f } } y # ....: :.,. d.:. }n........ ::. :.$si t... ,.....v...
ISSUE DATE M/DD
}.:.
:?•Y.6:>-::.5.•;;.;.%.;:.::-.-•}.v..Y.:. •}:::'. %.•::::..•}.v:{.F,t•::.::•F....... •... f.•}}}.. ... F.S}:•�:.?•:^ ?ii$::i �'{C�:::'f:�:�:i+
t-:.:•:::::t:..::,. :f:{-: •.i, :::::. • •: { F-:•fc:::::.._:: • :?. •::..:}: •.. :::..v :: 04/25r86
�:.:.:. }.:. F:%.; ::.;:.•:::.:..}. F .;>::... ,..•:.}:+::
�
-.-::,...JJ•J C2:f}9.:•:.+••%Jy�x? 1,..JJ.C.t.:v..,:.:::.:..xs.:..}:.n.,.. +. {R:.4vvnr:n�.}....
PRODUCER
l.� %... .. .•.,:,.:.�dvt•:tp. v..}.... ;,.1.+3.ivti:ss...:,u ::I.n 4L$ ........
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND
..
CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE
DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE
Butler -Carson insurance Agency
POLICIES BELOW.
4505 82nd St Suite #10
................... ..................... ..................... ..................... ................................. ........ ......... .................................. .
COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE
�^
Lubbock TX 79424.3200
:...........................................•..................•......•....................•......................................•.....................................
COMPANY LETTER A MARYLAND CASUALTY
. _......._ _.........._. _ _.............._..................
.................. .................... ..................... .......................................................................................... ...................
�� B TEXAS N.C. INSURANCE FUND
asuRm.........
>......................................................................................................................................................................
COMPANY
C
Lubbock Building Services
JerrySmith DBA
................. ......•.•............... .................. ................. ................ ;.............................. ............................................
7P.
0. Bo: 65600-194
COMPANY D
Lubbock TX 79464
LETTER
..
}......................................................................................................................................................................
COMPANY E
LETTER
• ' THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD
INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS
LIED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,
CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.'
. CERTIFICATE
MAY
.. ........ ......................:...................POLICY NUMBER..................................•.................•..;...................•.............;......................................LMRS .............
EXCLUSIONS AND COND
CO : TYPE OF INSURANCE : POUCY EFFECTIVE :POLICY EXPIRATION
LTR DATE WJDDIYY) DATE (MWDD/YY)
>.. ...... .. ............... ................. ........................................;..... ... ................................. ......... ..........
�+• A GENERALLmBR.RY ECA19959817 09/03/95 09/03/96 GENERAL AGGREGATE a
.............._..._ .................
X ;COMMERCIAL GENERAL LWBILITY
PRODUCTS COMPIOP AGG. !j
X OCCUR. PERSONAL a ADV. KXW
CLAIMS MADEOCCUR. €s
r
OWNERS a CONTRACTORS PROT. EACH OCCURRENCE ,s
If;...._.._......................................._..
...........................................
FIRE DAMAGE (Any one fire)
...s
I = MED. EXPENSE (Any one person); $
AUTOMOB Lwaarnr 09 03/95 09/03 96 c�MBNED sNGLE
%000,000
1�000�000
500,000
500,000
50,000
.......-
5,000
A WAA22761986 / / 500,0
ANY AUTO ' LIM 00I
i ALL OWNED AUTOS
ODIC INJURY
:..._..
r `son
`s
SCHEDULED AUTOS
..........:
;..
E X HIRED AUTOS
...........................
E BODILY INJURY
X : NON -OWNED AUTOS
..........
;(Per eccidsnt)
i
GARAGE LIABILITY
.............................
..........
:......-.;
PROPERTY DAMAGE
Ss
'.........................................................:.........................................................•...•....:..............,.........
A : EXCESS LIABILRY UBAS2535254
... ,. .................. ...............................................{..............
09/03/95 09/03/96 EACH OCCURRENCE
X : UMBRELLA FORM
.................i.............
' AGGREGATE
:
OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FORM
::::•. , :.
WORMTS COMPENSATION
i STATUTORY LIMBS
1,000,000
1.000,000
B AND SSPI035512 09/29/95 09/29/96 :EACH ACCIDENT a 100,000
DISEASE - POLICY LIMfT...........a 500,000
EMPLOYER7 LIABL M:................................................................I.................
A
........................................... ........................... ................................... ........ _ _.....; ....._ ............
OTHER
BUILDER'S RISK ` TBD 05/01/96
... .......... ___ ......_..........._... _..........1., ._.......... ....... _.... .............
DE_SCRIPTION OF OPERATIONSU)CATIONSNEHrAESISPECIAL ITEMS
OWNER'S&CONTRACTORIS PROTECTIVE LIABILITY -POLICY #TBD,POLICY PERIOD 5-1-96
TO 8-1-96,$500,000 LIMIT OF INSURANCE W/CITY OF LUBBOCK AS NAMED INSURED&
LUBBOCK BUILDING SERVICES AS CONTRACTOR.JOB:EXIT STAIRS AT MUNICIPAL SQUARE
BUILDING.ADDITIONAL INSURED&WAIVER OF SUBROGATION(GENERAL LIABILITY&AUTOMO-
BILE LIABILITY)&WAIVER OF SUBROGATION(WORKERS COMPENSATION):CITY OF LUBBOCK
DISEASE - EACH EMPLOYEE :s
08/01/96 ;PROJECT LIMIT
100,000
69,240
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE
•,'•.# EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL XXXVIMMOMXXXXXX
CITY OF LUBBOCKr'3i'% MAIL 10 * DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE
:S >;
P. O. BOX 2000 LEFT,
LUBBOCK TX 79457 "`•`:# •Fxc DAV,R FOR gON P MFNT AF PREMIUM
CITY OF LUBBOCK
INSURANCE REQUIREMENT AFFIDAVIT
To Be Completed by Appropriate Insurance Agent/Broker
Prior to Award of Contract
I, the undersigned Agent/Broker, certify that the insurance requirements contained in this bid document have been reviewed
by me with the below identified Contractor. If the below identified Contractor is awarded this contract by the City of
Lubbock, I will be able to, within ten (10) days after being notified of such award by contractor, furnish a valid insurance
certificate to the City meeting all of the requirements defined in this bid/proposal.
Agent (Signature)
Name of Agent/Broker: _
Address of Agent/Broker:
City/State0p:
Agent/Broker Telephone #: (
Date:
CONTRACTOR'S NAME:
(Print or Type)
CONTRACTOR'S ADDRESS:
Agent (Print)
NOTE TO AGENT/BROKER
If this time requirement is not met, the City has the right to reject this bid/proposal and award the contract to
another contractor. If you have any questions concerning these requirements, please contact the Purchasing
Manager for the City of Lubbock at (806)767-2165.
BID #13534 - EXIT STAIRS AT MUNICIPAL SQUARE BUILDING
F
r
CONTRACTOR CHECKLIST
A CONTRACTOR SHALL:
(1) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based on proper
reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements,
(2) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity prior to
beginning work on the project;
(3) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing
extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during
the duration of the project;
(4) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity:
(A) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity
r'^ will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the
project; and
4
(B) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of
coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of
the project;
(5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter;
(6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the contractor
knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person
providing services on the project;
(7) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be
covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice
does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Act or other commission rules. This notice must be
printed in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common
to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text provided by the commission on the
sample notice, without any additional words or changes:
11
F
F
REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE
"The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must (see reverse) be
covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment and materials, or
providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an
employee."
"Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at S 121440- 3789 to receive information on the legal requirement for
coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to
provide coverage." and
(8) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to:
(A) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any
coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the
project;
(B) provide a certificate of coverage to the contractor prior to that person beginning work on the project;
(C) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the language in subsection (e) (3) of this rule;
(D) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing
extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the
duration of the project;
(E) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor:
(i) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and
(ii) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the
coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the
duration of the project;
(F) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year
thereafter,
(G) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the
person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of overage of any
person providing services on the project; and
(1) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (A) -
(H), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. ❑
F
t
FCONTRACT
STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF LUBBOCK
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 18th day of April, 1996. by and between the City of Lubbock, County of
Lubbock, State of Texas, acting by and through David R. Langston, Mayor, thercunto authorized to do so, hereinafter referred to as
OWNER, and LUBBOCK BUILDING SERVICES of the City of Lubbock. County of Lubbock, and the State of Texas,
hereinafter termed CONTRACTOR.
WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed
by the OWNER and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith (if any) the CONTRACTOR hereby
ragrees with OWNER to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows:
BID # 13534 - EXIT STAIRS AT MUNICIPAL SQUARE BUILDING - $69,240.00
r and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the contract documents and at his (or their) own proper cost
L and expense to finwh all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance and other accessories
and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the contract documents as defined in the General
Condition of Agreement.
The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work within ten days after the date written notice to do so shall have been given
to him and to substantially complete same within the time specified in the contract documents.
The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current fiords for the performance of the contract in accordance with the bid
submitted therefore, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the contract documents and to make payment on account
thereof as provided therein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this agreement in Lubbock, Lubbock County, Texas in the
Fs year and day first above written.
Owner's
!� goes' _
ATTEST:
Corporate Secretary
CONTRACTOR:
LUB BIIII.DING SERVICES
By:
PRINTED NAME:y 4'W.
TITLE: ®w.v v-
COMPLETE ADDRESS:
Lubbock Building Services
5121 B-169th
Lubbock, Texas 79424
rd
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT
0
r
F
r
F
2.
U
4.
7.
GENERAL CONDMONS OF THE AGREEMENT
OWNER
Whenever the word Owner, or the expression Party of the First Part, or First Party, are used in this contract, it shall be
understood as referring to the City of Lubbock, Texas.
CONTRACTOR
Whenever the word Contractor, or the expression Party of the Second Part, or Second Party, is used, it shall be understood
to mean the person, persons, co-partaership or corporation, to -wit: LUBBOCK BUELDING SERVICES. who has agreed
to perform the work embraced in this contract, or to his or their legal representative.
OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
Whenever the word Owner's Representative or representative is used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to,
City of Lubbock, under whose supervision these contract documents, including plans and specifications, were prepared, and
GEORGE LISENBE, BUILDING & ENERGY ADNIINISTRATOR, who will inspect constructions; or to such other
representative, supervisor, or inspector as may be authorized by said Owner to act in any particular under this agreement.
Engineers, supervisor or inspectors will act for the Owner under the direction of Owner's Representative, but shall not
directly supervise the Contractor or men acting in behalf of the Contractor.
The contract's documents shall consist of the Notice to Bidders, General Insavctions to Bidders, Bid, Signed Agreement,
Statutory Bonds (if required), General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Conditions of the Agreement (if any),
Specifications, Plans, Insurance Certificate, and all other documents made available to Bidder for his inspection in
accordance with the Notice to Bidders.
INTERPRETATION OF PHRASES
Whenever the words "Directed," "Permitted," "Designated," "Required," "Considered Necessary," "Prescribed," or words of
like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation or prescription of
the Owner's Representative is intended; and similarly, the words "Approved," "Acceptable," "Satisfactory," or words of like
import shall mean approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Owner's Representative.
:• •.
The term Subcontractor, as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the Contractor for
performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents. Owner shall have no responsibility to any
Subcontractor employed by Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents,
but said Subcontractors will look exclusively to Contractor for any payments due Subcontractor.
WRITTEN NOTICE
Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm
or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent certified mail to the last business address
known to him who gives the notice.
r
8. WORK
Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools,
superintendence, labor, insurance, and all water, light, power. fuel, transportation and all other facilities necessary for the
execution and completion of the work covered by the contract documents. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be
new and both workmanship and materials shall be of a good quality. The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory
evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well known,
technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer such recognized standards.
All work shall be done and all materials furnished in strict conformity with the contract documents.
9. SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED
The term "Substantially Completed" is meant that the structure or project contemplated by the contract documents has been
made suitable for use or occupancy or the facility is in'a condition to serve its intended purpose, but still may require minor
miscellaneous work and adjustment.
to. LAYOUT
Except as specifically provided herein, the Contractor shall be responsible for laying out all work and shall accomplish this
work in a manner acceptable to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative will check the Contractor's layout
of all major structures and any other layout work done by the Contractor at Contractor's request, but this check does nbt
relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of correctly locating all work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications.
11. KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE
The Contractor shall be furnished with one copies of all Plans, Profiles and Specifications without expense to him and he
shall keep one copy of same consistently accessible on the job site.
12. RIGHT OF ENTRY
The Owner's Representative may make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress of quality of the executed work and
to determine, in general, if the work is proceeding in accordance with the contract documents. He will not be required to —
make exhaustive or continuous onsite inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work, nor will he be responsible for
the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or the safety precautions incident thereto. His
efforts will be directed towards providing assurances for the Owner that the completed project will conform to the
requirements of the contract documents, but he will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the work in
accordance with the Contract Documents. On the basis of his onsite observations, he will keep the Owner informed of the
progress of the work and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the work of the Contractor.
13. IDMS AND GRADES
All lines and grades shall be furnished by the Owner's Representative whenever necessary for the commencement of the
work contemplated by these contract documents or the completion of the work contemplated by these contract documents..
Whenever necessary, Contractor shall suspend his work in order to permit Owner's Representative to comply with this
requirement, but such suspension will be as brief as practical and Contractor shall be allowed no extra compensation
therefore. The Contractor shall give the Owner's Representative ample notice of the time and place where lines and grades
will be needed All stakes, marks, etc., shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor, and in case of careless destruction or
removal by him, his Subcontractors, or his employees, such stakes, marks, etc., shall be replaced by the Owner's
Representative at Contractor's expense.
t
14. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE'S AUTHORITY AND DUTY
f Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the Owner's Representative
shall review all work included herein. He has the authority to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be necessary to
insure the proper execution of the contract. In order to permit delays and disputes and to discourage litigation, it is further
agreed that the Owner's Representative shall, in all cases, determine the amounts and quantities of the several kinds of work
t which are to be paid for under this contract. He shall determine all questions in relation to said work and the construction
thereof; and shall, in all cases, decide every question which may arise relative to the execution of this contract on the part of
said Contractor. The Owner's Representatives' estimates and findings shall be conditions precedent to the right to any
action on the contract, and to any rights of the Contractor to receive any money under this contract.
The Owner's Representative shall, within a reasonable time, render and deliver to both the Owner and the Contractor a
written decision on all claims of the parties hereto and on all questions which may arise relative to the execution of the work
or the interpretation of the contract, specifications and plans.
15. SUPERINTENDENCE AND INSPECTION
It is agreed by the Contractor that the Owner's Representative shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint from time to time
r- such subordinate engineers, supervisors, or inspectors as the said Owner's Representative may deem proper to inspect the
materials furnished and the work done under this Agreement, and to see that said material is furnished and said work is
1 done in accordance with the specifications therefore. The Contractor shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance
required by the subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors for the proper inspection and examination of the work The
Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors so
appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and accompanying
plans and specifications provided, however, should the Contractor object to any orders by any subordinate engineer,
r` supervisor or inspector, the Contractor may within six (6) days make written appeal to the Owner's Representative for his
4 decision.
16. CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE
The Contractor shall give personal attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this contract and shall keep on the
work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to Owner's
Representative. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence and all directions given to him shall be
binding as if given to the Contractor. Adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the Contractor
is essential to the proper performance of the work and lack of such supervision shall be grounds for suspending operations
of the Contractor.
The work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the Contractor and all
risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the Contractor.
The Owner or Owner's Representatives will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, or any
subcontractors, or any of his agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the work.
17. CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING
r It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature and location of
the work, the confirmation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of materials to be encountered, the character of
equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, and the general and local conditions,
and all other matters which in any way effect the work under this contract. No verbal agreement or conversation with any
officer, agent, or employee of the Owner, either before or after the execution of this contract, shall effect or modify any of
the terms or obligations herein contained.
l;
I
is. CHARACTER OF WORKMEN
The Contractor agrees to employ only orderly and competent men, skillful in the performance in the type of work required
under this contract, to do the work; and agrees that whenever the Owner's Representative shall inform him in writing that
any man or men on the work, are, in his opinion, incompetent, unfaithful, or disorderly, such man or men shall be
discharged from the work and shall not again be employed on the work without the Owner's Representative's written
consent.
19. CONSTRUCTION PLANT
The Contractor shall provide all labor, tools, equipment, machinery and materials necessary in the prosecution and
completion of this contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that Owner shall furnish same, and it is also
understood that Owner shall not be held responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, or protection of any materials,
tools, equipment or machinery or any part of the work until it is finally completed and accepted.
The building of structures for the housing of men or equipment will be permitted only at such places as the Owner's
Representative shall direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such stricture shall at all times be
maintained in a manner satisfactory to the Owner's Representative.
20. SANITATION
Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers on the work site, properly secluded from public observation, shall be
constructed and maintained by the Contractor in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the Owner's
Representative and their use shall be strictly enforced.
21. OBSERVATION AND TESTING —
The Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right at all reasonable times to observe and test the work. Contractor
shall make necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation and testing at any location
wherever work is in preparation or progress. Contractor shall ascertain the scope of any observation which may be
contemplated by Owner or Owner's Representative and shall give ample notice as to the time each part of the work will be
ready for such observation. Owner or Owner's Representative may reject any work found to be defective or not in
accordance with the contract documents, regardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such
errors and regardless of whether Owner's Observer has previously accepted the work through oversight or otherwise. If any
work should be covered without approval or consent of the Owner, it must, if requested by Owner or Owner's
Representative, be uncovered for examination at Contractor's expense. In the event that any part of the work is being
fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for Owner or Owner's Representative to make
observations of such work or require testing of said work, then in such event Owner or Owner's Representative may require
Contractor to furnish Owner or Owner's Representative certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by persons
competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such
tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other
applicable organization as may be required by law or the contract documents.
If any work which is required to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered up without written approval or consent of the
Owner or Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by the Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for
observation and testing at the Contractor's expense. The cost of all such inspections, tests and approvals shall be borne by the Contractor unless otherwise provided herein. Any work which fails to meet the requirements of any such tests,
inspections or approval, and any work which meets the requirements of arty such tests or approval but does not meet the
requirements of the contract documents shall be considered defective. Such defective work shall be corrected at the
Contractor's expense.
i
L
r'
Neither observations by the Owner or Owner's Representative, nor inspections, tests, or approvals made by Owner, Owner's
Representative, or other persons authorized under this agreement to make such inspections, tests, or approvals shall relieve
the Contractor from his obligation to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents.
22. DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES
It is further agreed that if the work or any part thereof, or any material brought on the site of the work for use in the work or
selected for the same, shall be deemed by the Owner or Owners' Representative as unsuitable or not in conformity with
plans, specification and contract documents, the Contractor shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the Owner's
Representative, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such work so that it shall be in full
accordance with this contract. It is further agreed that any remedial action contemplated as hereinabove set forth shall be at
Contractor's expense.
23. CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS
The Contractor further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations as the Owner may see fit, in the line,
grade, form dimensions, plans or materials for the work herein contemplated, or any part thercot either before or after the
beginning of the construction, without affecting the validity of this contract and the accompanying bond.
If such changes or alterations diminish the quantity of the work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for
damages, or anticipated profits on the work that may be dispensed with If they increase the amount of work, and the
increased work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid according to the quantity
actually done and at the unit price established for such work under this contract; otherwise such additional work shall be
paid for as provided under Extra Work. In case the Owner shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless any
work already done or material already furnished or used in said work, then the Owner shall recompense the Contractor for
any material or labor so used, and for any actual loss occasioned by such change, due to actual expenses incurred in
preparation for the work as originally planned.
24. EXTRA WORK
The term "extra work" as used in this contract shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the
Owner or Owner's Representative to be done by the Contractor to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work
as shown on the plans and specifications or contract documents and not covered by Contractor's bid, except as provided
under Changes and Alterations herein.
It is agreed that the Contractor shall perform all extra work under the direction of the Owner's Representative when
presented with a written work order signed by the Owner's Representative; subject, however, to the right of the Contractor
to require written confirmation of such extra work order by the Owner. It is also agreed that the compensation to be paid to
the Contractor for performing said extra work shall be determined by the following methods:
Method (A)
Method (B)
Method (C)
By agreed unit prices; or
By agreed lump sum; or
If neither Method (A) or Method (B) be agreed upon before the extra work is commenced, then
the Contractor shall be paid the actual field cost of the work, plus fifteen (1511e) percent.
In the event said extra work be performed and paid for under Method (C), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply
and the -actual field cost" is hereby defined to include the cost of all workmen, such as foremen, timekeepers, mechanics
and laborers, materials, supplies, teams, trucks, rentals on machinery and equipment, for the time actually employed or used
on such extra work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred, together with all expenses incurred directly on
account of such extra work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits, Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property
Damage and Workers' Compensation and all other insurances as may be required by law or ordinances or directed by the
Owner or Owner's Representative, or by them agreed to. Owner's Representative may direct the form in which accounts of
the actual field cost shall be kept and records of these accounts shall be made available to the Owner's Representative. The
Owner's Representative may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the type
and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise, these matters shall be determined by the Contractor. unless
otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined by using l00%, unless —
otherwise specified, of the latest Schedule of Equipment and Ownership Expenses adopted by the Associated General
Contractors of America. Where practical, the terms and prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be
incorporated in the written extra work order. The fifteen percent (15%) of the actual field cost to be paid to Contractor shall
cover and compensate him for his profit, overhead, general superintendence and field office expense, and all other elements
of cost and expense not embraced within the actual field cost as herein defined, save that where the Contractor's Camp or
Field Office must be maintained primarily on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same
shall be included in the "actual field cost."
No claim for extra work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by Owner's Representative. In case any
orders or instuctions appear to the Contractor to involve extra work for which he should receive compensation or an
adjustment in the construction time, he shall make written request to the Owner's Representative for a written order
authorizing such extra work. Should a difference of opinion arise as to what does or does not constitute extra work or as to
the payment therefore, and the Owner's Representative insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the
work after making written request for written order and shall keep adequate and accurate account of the actual field cost _
thereof; as provided under Method (Q. The Contractor will thereby preserve the right to submit the matter of payment to
arbitration as herein below provided.
25. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS
It is further agreed that it is the intent of this contract that all work described in the bid, the specifications, plans and other —
contract documents, is to be done for the prices quoted by the Contractor and that such price shall include all appurtenances
necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent of these contract documents as interpreted by Owner's
Representative. If the Contractor finds any discrepancies or omissions in these plans, specifications, or contract documents,
he should notify the Owners' Representative and obtain a clarification before the bids are received, and if no such request is
received by the Owner's Representative prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be considered that the Contractor fully
understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in his bid to complete the work in accordance with
these plans and specifications. It is further understood that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five
days prior to the opening of bids.
26. RIGHT OF OWNER TO MODIFY METHODS AND EQUIPMENT
If at any time the methods or equipment used by the Contractor are found to be inadequate to secure the quality of work
with the rate of progress required under this contract, the Owner or Owner's Representative may order the Contractor in
writing to increase their safety or improve their character and efficiency and the Contractor shall comply with such order.
If, at any time, the working force of the Contractor is inadequate for securing the progress herein specified, the Contractor
shall, if so ordered in writing, increase his force or equipment, or both, to such an extent as to give reasonable assurance of —
compliance with the schedule of progress.
27. PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC
The Contractor shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers' Compensation Insurance with an insurance
company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the Workers' Compensation
laws of the State of Texas. The Contractor shall at all times exercise reasonable precaution for the safety of employees and
others on or near the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building
and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the
"Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible _
with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. The Contractor, his sureties and insurance carriers shall defend,
indemnify and save harmless the Owner and all of its officers, agents and employees from all suits, actions, or claims of any
character whatsoever, brought for or on account of any injuries or damages received or sustained by any person or persons
r�
L or property, on account of any negligent act or fault of the Contractor or any subcontractor, their agents or employees, in the
execution and supervision of said contract, and the project which is the subject matter of this contract, on account of the
failure of Contractor or any subcontractor to provide necessary barricades, warning lights, or signs and will be required to
pay any judgment with costs which may be obtained against the Owner or any of its off oers, agents, or employees including
attorney's fees.
The safety precautions taken shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, in his sole discretion as an Independent
L Contractor, inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given by the Owners or the
Owner's Representative concerning omissions under this paragraph as the work progresses, are intended as reminders to the
r Contractor of his duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty to supervise safety precautions by either the
r Contractor or any of his subcontractors.
r.. 28. CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE
1,
The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the General
Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas and satisfactory
to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of cancellation or any material change will
be provided ten (10) days in advance of cancellation or change. All policies shall contain an agreement on the part of the
insurer waiving the right to subrogation.
I The insurance certificates furnished shall name the City as an additional insured and shall further state that all
subcontractors are named as additional insureds, or in the alternative, shall be accompanied by a statement from the
Contractor to the effect that no work on this particular project shall be subcontracted.
r
The Contractor shall procure and carry at his sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance protection as
hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall be carried
with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection
{ with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering
the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted prior to
contract execution.
A. Comprehensive General Liability Insurance
The contractor shall have Comprehensive General Liability Insurance with limits of $52Q.000 Combined Single
Limit in the aggregate and per occurrence to include:
Premises and Operations
Explosion & Collapse Hazard
Underground Damage Hazard
r Products & Completed Operations Hazard
I ; Contractual Liability
Independent Contractors Coverage
Personal Injury
Advertising Injury
r:
B. Owner's Protective or Contingent Public Liability Insurance and Property Damage Liability Insurance.
3. For bodily injuries, including accidental death and or property damage, $500.000 Combined Single Limit. This
policy shall be submitted prior to contract execution.
C. Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance
The Contractor shall have Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance with limits of not less than,
Bodily Injury/Property Damage, $500.000 Combined Single Limit, ^
to include all owned and nonowned cars including: Employers Nonownership Liability Hired and Nonowned
Vehicles. The City is to be named as an additional insured on this policy for this specific job and copy of the
endorsement doing so is to be attached to the Certificate of Insurance. —'
D. Builder's Risk Insurance
The Contractor shall obtain a Builder's Risk policy in the amount of 0% of the total contract price (10(rof
potential loss) naming the City of Lubbock as insured.
E. Umbrella Liability Insurance
The Contractor shall have Umbrella Liability Insurance in the amount of $500.000 on all contracts with coverage
to correspond with Comprehensive General Liability and Comprehensive Automobile Liability coverages.
F. Worker's Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance
Worker's Compensation Insurance covering all employees whether employed by the Contractor or any
Subcontractor on the job with Employers Liability of at least $500.000.
1. Definitions:
Certificate of coverage ("certificate') - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -
insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC- �-
84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees
providing services on a project, for the duration of the project.
Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the
contractoes/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity.
Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in 0406.096) - includes all persons or entities
performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of
whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that person has
employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, _
motor carriers, owner -operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes
persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or
delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project.
"Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply
deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets.
2. The contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll --
amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor
Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the
duration of the project. _
3. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded
the contract.
I
4. If the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of
the project, the contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage
with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended.
S. The contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on the project, and provide to the
governmental entity:
(a) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental
entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing
services on the project; and
(b) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing
extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends
during the duration of the project.
6 The contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one
year thereafter.
7. The contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by wed mail or personal delivery,
within 10 days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the
provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project.
The contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the
Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that
they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage.
9. The contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on the
project, to:
(a) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and
filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code,
Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of
the project;
(b) provide to the contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of
coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing
services on the project, for the duration of the project;
(c) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(d) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor:
(1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project, and
r,
(2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the
coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends
►r during the duration of the project;
a
i (e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year
thereafter,
G.
(f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days
after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and
(g) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to perform as required by paragraphs
(1) - (7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are
providing services.
10. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the contractor is
representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the contractor who will provide services on
the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the
coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all
coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a sclf-insured,
with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information
may subject the contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil
actions.
11. The contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the contractor
which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the contractor does not remedy the
breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity.
Proof of Coverage
Before work on this contract is commenced, each Contractor and subcontractor shall submit to the Owner for
approval five Certificates of Insurance covering each insurance policy carried and offered as evidence of
compliance with the above insurance requirements, signed by an authorized representative of the insurance
company setting forth:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
The name and address of the insured.
The location of the operations to which the insurance applies.
The name of the policy and type or types of insurance in force thereunder on the date borne by such
certificate.
The expiration date of the policy and the limit or limits of liability thereunder on the date borne by such
certificate.
A provision that the policy may be canceled only by mailing written notice to the named insured at the
address shown in the bid specifications.
A provision that written notice shall be given to the City ten days prior to any change in or cancellation of _
the policies shown on the certificate.
The certificate or certificates shall be on the form (or identical copies thereof) contained in the job
specifications. No substitute of nor amendment thereto will be acceptable.
If policy limits are paid, new policy must be secured for new coverage to complete project.
A Contractor shall:
(a) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project
based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage
agreements;
(b) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental
entity prior to beginning work on the project;
(c) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of
coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the contractor's current
certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(d) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity:
(i) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the
governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all
persons providing services on the project; and
(ii) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year
thereafter,
(f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days
after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the
provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project;
(g) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they
are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report
failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by
the Act or other commission rules. This notice must be printed in at least 19 point normal type,
and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker
population. The text for the notices shall be the following text provided by the commission on
the sample notice, without any additional words or changes:
REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE
The law requires that each person %wriing on this site or providing services related to this
construdion project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance This includes
persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment and materials, or providing labor or
transportation or other service related to the project regardless of the identity of their
eWloyer or status as an employee"
"Call the Taal Workers' Compensation Commission at 3121440-3789 to receive information
on the legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the
required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage " and
(h) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to:
(i) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts
and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the
r project, for the duration of the project;
f
4
(ii) provide a certificate of coverage to the contractor prior to that person beginning work on
the project;
(iii) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the language in subsection (e)
(3) of this rule;
(iv) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of
coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current
certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the pmject;
(v) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor:
(1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the
project; and
(2) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing
extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current
certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(vi) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for
one year thereafter,
(vii) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within
10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially
affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and
(viii) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required
by paragraphs (A) - ", with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for
whom they are providing services.
29. DISABLED EMPLOYEES
Contractors having more than 15 employees agree to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and agree
not to discriminate against a qualified individual with a disability because of the disability of such individual in regard to
job application procedures, the hiring, advancement, or discharge of employees, employee compensation, job training, and
other terms, conditions, and privileges of employment.
30. PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, MATERIALMEN, AND FURNISHERS OF
MACHINERY. EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
The Contractor agrees that he will indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all claims growing out of any demands of
suboontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen and furnishers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment,
power tools, all suppliers, including commissary, incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this contract. When
Owner so desires, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated
have been paid, discharged or waived.
If during the progress of the work, Contractor shall allow any indebtedness to accrue for work furnished by any of those
designated in the preceding paragraph and shall fail to pay and discharge any such indebtedness within five (5) days after
demand is made, then Owner may, during the period for which such indebtedness shall remain unpaid, withhold from the
unpaid portion of this contract, a sum equal to the amount of such unpaid indebtedness or may apply the sum so withheld to
discharge any such indebtedness.
Any and all communications between arty party under this paragraph must be in writing.
r
31. PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENT INVENTION
The contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees, and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material or
` process covered by letters patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the Patentee or Owner thereof. The
Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyrights and shall indemnify and save the
Owner harmless from any loss on account thereof, except that Owner shall defend all such suits and claims and shall be
responsible for all such loss when a particular design, device, material or process or the product of a particular manufacturer
or manufacturers is specified or required in these contract documents by Owner, provided, however, if choice of alternate
design, device, material or process is allowed to the Contractor, then Contractor shall indemnify and save Owner harmless
4 from any loss on account thereof. If the material or process specified or required by Owner is an infringement, the
Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless he promptly gives written notice to the Owner of such infringement.
32. LAWS AND ORDINANCES
The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations,
which in any manner effect the contract or the work, and shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against any claims
arising from the violation of any such laws, ordinances, and regulations, whether by the Contractor or his employees. U the
Contractor observes that the plans and specifications are at variance therewith, he shall promptly notify the Owners'
Representative in writing and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in the contract for changes in the work
If the Contractor performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, Hiles and regulations, and without
such notice to the Owner's Representative, he shall bear all costs arising therefrom.
The Owner is a municipal corporation of the State of Texas and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar as the
same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the Owner may enter into
contracts, shall be controlling, and shall be considered as part of this contract to the same effect as though embodied herein.
33. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
The Contractor further agrees that he will retain personal control and will give his personal attention to the fulfillment of
this contract. The Contractor further agrees that subletting of any portion or feature of the work, or materials required in
the performance of this contract, shall not relieve the Contractor from his full obligations to the Owner, as provided by this
contractual agreement.
34. TIME FOR COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
It is hereby understood and mutually agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the date of beginning and
time for completion as specified in the contract of work to be done hereunder are essential conditions of this contract; and it
is further mutually understood and agreed that the work embraced in this contract shall be commenced on a date to be
specified in the Notice to Procced.
If the Contractor should neglect, fail, or refuse to complete the work within the time herein specified, or any proper
extension thereof granted by the Owner, then the Contractor does hereby agree as part of the consideration for the awarding
of this contract, the Owner may withhold permanently from Contractor's total compensation, the sum of $200.00 (TWO
! HUNDRED DOLLARS) PER DAY, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages for the breach of the contract as herein
set forth for each and every calendar day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated for completing the
t" work.
It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between Contractor and the Owner, that the time for the completion of the
work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic
change and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality.
The amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because of the impracticability and
extreme difficulty in fixing and ascertaining actual damages the Owner would in such event sustain, and the amount is
r
t
agreed to be damages the Owner would sustain and shall be retained by the Owner from current periodical estimates for
payments or from final payment.
It is further agreed and understood between the Contractor and Owner that time is of the essence of this contract.
35. TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION
It is the meaning and intent of this contrail, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the Contractor shall be
allowed to prosecute his work at such time and sessions, in such order of precedence, and in such manner as shall be most
conductive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and time of prosecution shall be such that the
work shall be substantially completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this contract, the plans and specifications,
and within the time of completion designated in the bid; provided, also, that when the Owner is having other work done,
either by contract or by his own force, the Owner's Representative may direct the time and manner of constructing work
done under this contract so that conflicts will be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the
Owner shall be harmonized.
The Contractor shall submit, at such times as may reasonably be requested by the Owner's Representative, schedules which _
shall show the order in which the Contractor intends to carry on the work, with dates at which the Contractor will start the
several parts of the work and estimated dates of completion of the several parts.
36. EXTENSION OF TIME
The Contractor agrees that he has submitted his bid in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this _
project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and has
considered the liquidated damage provisions of paragraph 33 hereinabove set forth and that he shall not be entitled to, nor
will he request, an extension of time on this contract, except when his work has been delayed by an act or neglect of the
Owner, Owner's Representative, employees of the Owner or other contractors employed by the owner, or by changes ordered _
in the work, or by strike, walkouts, acts of God or the public enemy, fire or flood. The Contractor may apply in writing for
an extension of time, submitting therewith all written justification as may be required by Owner's Representative for such an
extension as requested by Contractor. The Owner's Representative within ten (10) days after receipt of a written request for
an extension of time by the Contractor supported by all requested documentation shall then consider such written request
and respond to Contractor in writing granting or rejecting the request for an extension of time to complete the project.
37. HINDRANCE AND DELAYS
In executing the contract agreement, the Contractor agrees that in undertaking to complete the work within the time herein
fixed, he has taken into consideration and made allowances for all hindrances and delays incident to such work, whether
growing out of delays in securing material or workmen or otherwise. No charge shall be made by the Contractor for
hindrance or delays from any cause during the progress of any part of the work embraced in this contract except where the
work is stopped by order of the Owner or Owner's Representative for the Owner's convenience, in which event, such
expense as in the judgment of the Owner's Representative that is caused by such stoppage shall be paid by Owner to
Contractor.
38. QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS
No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured or computed length, area, solid
contents, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided In the event this contract is
let on a unit price basis, then Owner and Contractor agree that this contract, including the specifications, plans and other
contrail documents are intended to show clearly all work to be done and material to be furnished hereunder. Where the
estimated quantities are shown for the various classes of work to be done and material to be furnished under this contract,
they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work and for comparing their
bids offered for the work. It is understood and agreed that the actual amount of work to be done and the materials to be
F
furnished under this contract may differ somewhat from these estimates, and that where the basis for payment under this
contract is the unit price method, payment shall be for the actual amount of work done and materials furnished on the
projec
39. PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY
The Contractor shall take proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way encountered,
which may be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this agreement, from any
damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and he shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on
account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent property. The Contractor agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless the
Owner against any claim or claims for damages due to any injury to any adjacent or adjoining property, arising or growing
out of the performance of this contract, but such indemnity shall not apply to any claim of any kind arising out of the
existenoe or character of the work
40. PRICE FOR WORK
In consideration of the fiumishing of all necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all work by the
Contractor, and on the delivery of all materials cmbraoed in this contract in full conformity with the specifications and
stipulations herein contained, the Owner agrees to pay the Contractor the price set forth in the bid attached hereto, which
has been made a part of this contract, and the Contractor hereby agrees to receive such price in full for furnishing all
materials and all labor required for the aforesaid work, also, for all expenses incurred by him and for well and truly
performing the same and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this agreement, the attached specifications,
plans, contract documents and requirements of Owner's Representative.
41. PAYMENTS
No payments made or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the contract, either
wholly or in part, nor shall any certificate or payment be considered as acceptance of defective work Contractor shall at
any time requested during the progress of the work furnish the Owner or Owner's Representative with a verifying certificate
showing the Contractor's total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the work. Before final payment is made,
Contractor shall satisfy Owner, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no outstanding liens against Owner's premises by
reason of any work under the contract. Acceptance by Contractor of final payment of the contract price shall constitute a
waiver of all claims against Owner which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this contract.
42. PARTIAL PAYMENTS
On or before the tenth day of each month, the Contractor shall submit to Owner's Representative an application for partial
payment. Owner's Representative shall review said application for partial payment and the progress of the work made by
the Contractor and if found to be in order shall prepare a certificate for partial payment showing as completely as practical
the total value of the work done by the Contractor up to and including the last day of the preceding month; said statement
shall also include the value of all sound materials delivered on site of the work that are to be fabricated into the work.
The Owner shall then pay the Contractor on or before the fifteenth day of the current month the total amount of the Owner's
Representative's Certificate of Partial Payment, less 5% of the amount thereof, which 5% shall be retained until final
payment, and further, less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by Owner under the terms of this
agreement. It is understood, however, that in case the whole work be near to completion, and this fact is certified to by
Owner's Representative and some unexpected and some unusual delay occurs due to no fault or negligence on the part of the
Contractor, the Owner may upon written recommendation of Owner's Representative pay a reasonable and equitable portion
of the retained percentage due Contractor.
43. FINAL, COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE
Within thirty-one (31) days after the Contractor has given the Owner's Representative written notice that the work has been
completed or substantially completed, the Owner's Representative and the Owner shall inspect the work and within said
time, if the work be found to be completed or substantially completed in accordance with the contract documents, the
Owner's Representative shall issue to the Owner and Contractor his certificate of completion, and thereupon it shall be the
duty of the Owner within thirty-one (31) days to issue a certificate of acceptance of the work to the Contractor.
44. FINAL PAYMENT
Upon the issuance of the certificate of completion, the Owner's Representative shall proceed to make final measurement and
prepare a final statement of the value of all work performed and materials furnished under the terms of the agreement, and
shall certify same to the Owner, who shall pay to the Contractor on or before the 31st day after the date of certificate of
completion, the balance due Contractor under the terms of this agreement, provided he has fully performed his contractual
obligations under the terms of this contract; and said payment shall become due in any event upon said performance by the
Contractor. Neither the certificate of acceptance nor the final payment, nor any provisions in the contract documents shall
relieve the Contractor of the obligation for fulfillment of any warranty which may be required in the special conditions (if
any) of this contract or required in the specifications made a part of this contract.
45. CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT FOR WORK
Contractor shall promptly remove from Owners' premises all materials condemned by the Owner's Representative on
account of failure to conform to the contract, whether actually incorporated in the work or not, and Contractor shall at his
own expense promptly replace such condemned materials with other materials conforming to the requirements of the —
contract. Contractor shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of other contractors damaged by any such removal or
replacement. If Contractor does not remove and replace any such condemned work within a reasonable time after a written
notice by the Owner or the Owner's Representative, Owner may remove and replace it at Contractor's expense.
46. CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT
Neither the final payment nor certificate nor any provision in this contract shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for
faulty materials or workmanship, and he shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other work
resulting therefrom, which shall appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of substantial completion. The Owner
or the Owner's Representative shall give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness.
47. PAYMENT WITHBELD
The Owner may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the whole or part of any certificate to
such extent as may be necessary to protect himself from loss on account of:
(a) Defective work not remedied.
(b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating possible filing of claims.
(c) Failure of the Contractor to make payments promptly to subcontractors or for materials or labor.
(d) Damage to another contractor.
When the above grounds are removed, or the Contractor provides a surety bond satisfactory to the Owner, which will
protect the Owner in the amount withheld, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them.
48. TBAE OF FILING CLAIMS
It is further agreed by both parties hereto that all questions of dispute or adjustment presented by the Contractor shall be in _
writing and filed with the Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) days after the Owner's Representative has given any
directions, order or instruction to which the Contractor desires to take exception. The Owners' Representative shall reply to
such written exceptions by the Contractor and render his final decision in writing. In case the Contractor should appeal
from the decision of the Owner's Representative, any demand for arbitration shall be filed with the Owner's Representative
t"
�c
and the Owner in writing within ten (10) days after the date of delivery to Contractor of the final decision of the Owner's
Representative. It is further agreed that final acceptance of the work by the Owner and the acceptance by the Contractor of
r the final payment shall be a bar to any claim by either party, except where noted otherwise in the contract documents.
49. ABANDONMENT BY CONTRACTOR
In case the Contractor should abandon and fail or refuse to resume work within ten (10) days after written notification from
. the Owner or the Owner's Representative, or if the Contractor fails to comply with the orders of the Owner's Representative,
when such orders are consistent with this contract, this Agreement, or the Specifications hereto attached, then the Surety on
r`^ the bond shall be notified in writing and directed to complete the work and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the
Contractor.
r., After receiving said notice of abandonment, the Contractor shall not remove from the work any machinery, equipment,
$ tools, materials or supplies then on the job, but the same, together with any materials and equipment under the contract for
' work, may be held for use on the work by the Owner or the Surety of the Contractor, or another contractor, in completion of
the work; and the Contractor shall not receive any rental or credit therefore (except when used in connection with Extra
f Work, where credit shall be allowed as provided for under paragraph 24 of this contract); it being understood that the use of
t such equipment and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the work and be reflected in the final settlement.
In case the Surety should fail to commence compliance with the notice for completion hereinbefore provided for within ten
(10) days after service of such notice, then the Owner may provide for completion of the work in either of the following
elective manners:
(a) The Owner may employ such force of men and use of machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as said
Owner may deem necessary to complete the worts and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment,
tools, materials and supplies to said Contractor, and the expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the
Owner out of such moneys as may be due, or that may thereafter at any time become due to the Contractor under
and by virtue of this Agreement. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under
this contract, if the same had been completed by the Contractor, then said Contractor shall receive the difference.
In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had
been completed by said Contractor, then the Contractor and/or his Surety shall pay the amount of such excess to
the Owner, or
(b) The Owner, under sealed bids, after notice published as required by law, at least twice in a newspaper having a
general circulation in the County of location of the work, may let the contract for the completion of the work under
substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this contract. In case of any increase in cost to
the Owner under the new co ' : - as compared to what would have been the cost under this contract, such increase
shall be charged to the Contractor and the Surety shall be and remain bound therefore. However, should the cost to
complete any such new contract prove to be less than that which would have been the cost to complete the work
under this contract, the Contractor or his Surety shall be credited therewith.
When the work shall have been substantially completed, the Contractor and his Surety shall be so notified and certificates of
completion and acceptance, as provided in paragraph 42 hereinabove set forth, shall be issued. A complete itemized
statement of the contract accounts, certified to by Owner's Representative as being correct shall then be prepared and
delivered to Contractor and his Surety, whereon the Contractor or his Surety, or the Owner as the case may be, shall pay the
balance due as reflected by said statement within 30 days after the date of certificate of completion.
100
lIn the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have been the
cost to the Owner had the work been completed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract, or when the Contractor
and/or his Surety shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the Owner, then all machinery, equipment, tools,
_ materials or supplies left on the site of the work shall be turned over to the Contractor and/or his Surety. Should the cost to
' complete the work exceed the contract price, and the Contractor and/or his Surety fail to pay the amount due the Owner
within the time designated hereinabove, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies on the
site of the work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials shall be mailed to the
Contractor and his Surety at the respective addresses designated in this contract; provided, however, that actual written
notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing, or other giving of such notice, such property shall be
held at the risk of the Contractor and his Surety subject only to the duty of the Owner to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) days from the date of said notice the Owner may sell such machinery, equipment, tools,
materials or supplies and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the Contractor and his Surety. Such sale
may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the Owner may elect. The Owner shall release any
machinery, equipment, tools, materials, or supplies which remain on the *jobsite and belong to persons other than the
Contractor or his Surety, to their proper owners.
50. ABANDONMENT BY OWNER
In case the Owner shall fail to comply with the terms of this contract, and should fail or refuse to comply with said terms
within ten (10) days after written notification by the Contractor, then the Contractor may suspend or wholly abandon the —
work, and may remove therefrom all machinery, tools, and equipment, and all materials on the ground that have not been
included in payments to the Contractor and have not been incorporated into the work Thereupon, the Owner's
Representative shall make an estimate of the total amount earned by the Contractor, which estimate shall include the value
of all work actually completed by said Contractor at the prices stated in the attached bid, the value of all partially completed
work at a fair and equitable price, and the amount of all Extra Work performed at the prices agreed upon, or provided for by
the terms of this contract, and a reasonable sum to cover the cost of any provisions made by the Contractor to carry the
whole work to completion, and which cannot be utilized. The Owner's Representative shall then make a final statement of the balance due the Contractor by deducting from the above estimate all previous payments by the Owner and all other sums
that may be retained by the Owner under the terms of this Agreement, and shall certify same to the Owner who shall pay to
the Contractor on or before thirty (30) days after the date of the notification by the Contractor the balance shown by said —
final statement as due the Contractor, under the terms of this Agreement.
51. BONDS
The successful bidder will be required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code,
in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $ 100,000 and the successful
bidder will be required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of
100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $25,000. All bonds, if required, shall be
submitted on forms supplied by the Owner, and executed by an approved Surety Company authorized to do business in the
State of Texas. And it is further agreed that this contract shall not be in effect until such bonds are so furnished.
52. SPECIAL CONDMONS
In the event special conditions are contained herein as part of the contract documents and said special conditions conflict
with any of the general conditions contained in this contract, then in such event the special conditions shall control.
53. LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES
Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss or damage to the Contractor arising out of the nature of the work to be done, or
from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance and the prosecution of the same, or from unusual
obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and bome by the "—
Contractor at his own cost and expense.
54. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR
Contractor is, and shall remain, an independent contractor with full, complete and exclusive power and authority to direct,
supervise, and control his own employees and to determine the method of the performance of the work covered hereby. The _
fact that the Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right to observe Contractor's work during his performance and
to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested in the Owner or Owner's Representative
hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or effect the status of the Contractor as an independent
contractor with respect to either the Owner or Owner's Representative or to the Contractor's own employees or to any other
person, firm, or corporation.
CLEANING UP
The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulation of debris caused by the work, and at the
completion of the work he shall remove all such debris and also his tools, scaffolding, and surplus materials and shall leave
the work room clean or its equivalent. The work shall be left in good order and condition. In case of dispute Owner may
remove the debris and charge the cost to the Contractor.
No Text
Resolution 2502
January 8, 1987
Agenda Item #18
I
DGV:da
RESOLUTION
WHEREAS, the City Council has heretofore established the general
prevailing rate of per diem wages for each craft or type of workmen or
mechanics needed to execute public works contracts for the City of Lubbock
in accordance with the provisions of Vernon's Ann.Civ.St., Art. 5159a; and
WHEREAS, such wage rates were established by Resolution No. 719
enacted February 12, 1981, updated by Resolution No. 1590 enacted February
23, 1984; and
WHEREAS, such rates need to be updated at the present time in order
to reflect the current prevailing rate of per diem wages; NOW THEREFORE:
BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK:
THAT the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for public works
contracts shall be as set forth in the following named exhibits, which
exhibits shall be attached hereto and made a part hereof for all intents
and purposes:
Exhibit A: Building Construction Trades
Exhibit B: Paving and Highway Construction Trades
Exhibit C: Electrical Trades
Exhibit D: Overtime Rate
Exhibit E: Weekend and Holiday Rate
Such wage rates are hereby found and declared to be the general prevailing
rate of per diem wages in all localities where public works are undertaken
on behalf of the City of Lubbock and such wage rates shall be included in
all public works contracts as provided by law.
Passed by the City Council this 8th day of January 1987.
RanettL'Boyd, City Secretary
APPROVED Td NTENT:
Bi 1 P yne, Director of Building
!Services
i
B.C. McMINN, MAYOR
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
DoYdld G. Vandiver, First
Assistant City Attorney
F
EXHIBIT A
City of Lubbock
Building Construction Trades
Prevailing Rates
Craft Hourly Rate
Acoustical Ceiling Installer
$11.60
Air Conditioner Installer
8.35
Air Conditioner Installer -Helper
5.50
Bricklayer
10.50
Bricklayer -Helper
5.00
Carpenter
11.00
Carpenter -Helper
5.50
Cement Finisher
7.35
Drywall Hanger
8.70
Electrician
10.50
Electrician -Helper
5.25
Equipment Operator -
Heavy
8.00
Light
5.70
Floor Installer
8.00
Glazier
7.50
Insulator, Piping/Boiler
9.50
Insulator -Helper
5.00
Iron Worker
7.30
Laborer, General
4.75
Mortar Mixer
5.60
Painter
8.75
Plumber
9.25
Plumber -Helper
6.00
Roofer
7.65
Roofer -Helper
4.75
Sheet Metal Worker
8.75
Sheet Metal Worker -Helper
5.50
Welder - Certified
8.00
EXHIBIT B
Paving and Highway Construction
Prevailing Wage Rates
Craft Hourly Rate
Asphalt Heaterman
$5.25
Asphalt Shoveler
4.75
Concrete Finisher
7.35
Concrete Finisher -Helper
4.75
Electrician
10.50
Flagger
4.75
Form Setter
6.50
Form Setter -Helper
5.50
Laborer, General
4.75
Laborer, Utility
5.80
Mechanic
6.50
Mechanic -Helper
6.00
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS
Asphalt Paving Machine
6.00
Bulldozer
5.25
Concrete Paving Machinist
6.50
Front End Loader
5.85
Heavy Equipment Operator
6.40
Light Equipment Operator
6.40
Motor Grade Operator
8.00
Roller
5.25
Scraper
5.25
Tractor
5.50
Truck Driver -
Light
5.25
Heavy
5.25
11
7,
r
EXHIBIT C
Electric Construction Trades
Prevailing Wage Rates
Craft Hourly Rate
Power Line Foreman $11.00
Lineman Journeyman 10.45
Lineman Apprentice Series 8.90
Groundman Series 7.25
EXHIBIT D
Prevailing Wage Rates
Overtime Rate
The rate for overtime (in excess of forty hours per week) is 1 1/2
times base rate.
EXHIBIT E
Prevailing Wage Rates
Weekend and Holiday Rate
The rate for weekend and holiday is 1 1/2 times base rate.
No Text
PROJECT MANUAL
NEW EXIT STAIRS AT
MUNICIPAL SQUARE FOR
THE CITY OF LUBBOCK
LUBBOCK, TEXAS
#898-96C
COX/DIRKS
ARCHITECTS PC
LUBBOCK, TEXAS
MARCH 1, 1996
or
(p 5790 co
T� OF
SET NO.
r
TABLE OF CONTENTS
NOTE: These documents have been arranged in accordance with the CSI
Format for Construction Specifications.
DIVISION
1 — GENERAL RRQUTREMF.NTS
p�
01010
SUMMARY OF THE WORK
01040
PROJECT COORDINATION
01045
CUTTING AND PATCHING
r•
01095
REFERENCE STANDARD AND DEFINITIONS
01340
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
01400
QUALITY CONTROL
01631
PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
l
l
01700
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
DIVISION
r
2 — SITEWORK
02070
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
02110
SITE CLEARING
02160
02200
EXCAVATION SUPPORT SYSTEMS
EARTHWORK
DIVISTON
f
3 — CONCRETE
03300
CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
DIVISION
4 — MASONRY
NOT APPLICABLE
r DIVISION-5
— METALS
05500
METAL FABRICATIONS
05700
ORNAMENTAL METALWORK
DIVISION
I
6 — WOOD AND PLASTICS
NOT APPLICABLE
'
man DIVISION
7 — THERMAL AND
MOISTURE RO F. TION
07901
JOINT SEALANTS
DIVISION
8 — DOORS AND
WINDOWS
Y
08110
STEEL DOORS & FRAMES
DTVIS
08211
ON 9 —FINISHER
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
09220
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER
f
09510
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
09650
RESILIENT FLOORING
09681
CARPETING
7
09900
PAINTING
c,
898-96C
ma oT ^ I)v Or nimr. IVrrP
DTVTSTON 10 - SPECIALTIES
10155 TOILET COMPARTMENTS
DTVTSTON 11 - EQUTPMENT
NOT APPLICABLE
nTVTSTON 12 - FURNISHINGS
NOT APPLICABLE
nTVTSTON 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
NOT APPLICABLE
DTVTSTON 14 - CONVEY_TNG SYSTEMS
NOT APPLICABLE
DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL
15000 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR
MECHANICAL AND -ELECTRICAL
15110 PLUMBING
15180 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
16110 ELECTRICAL
898-96C
^nT TIP T7 n17 h/1767m"1,TTC
nrnI., i7 nr, I
I SECTION 0101 0- SUMMARY OF THE WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
4,
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections,
apply to this section.
Project name is "New Exit Stairs At Municipal Square for The City of
Lubbock" as shown on Contract Documents prepared by Cox/Dirks Architects,
P.C. Drawings and Specifications are dated March 1, 1996.
Contract Do Trn n The Contract Documents indicate the types of minimum
requirements of procedure and performance of the Work of the Contract and
related requirements and conditions that have an impact on the Project.
Related requirements and conditions that are indicated on the Contract
Documents include, but are not necessarily limited to the following:
Special conditions.
Existing site conditions and restrictions on use of the site.
Alterations and coordination with existing conditions.
Allowances.
Coordinate with Owner's subcontractor performing work at the Project
site.
Summary by References: Work of the Contract can be summarized by
references to the Contract, General Conditions, Supplementary
Conditions, Specification Sections, Drawings, addenda and modifications
to the Contract Documents issued subsequent to the initial printing of
this project manual and including but not necessarily limited to printed
material referenced by any of these. It is recognized that work of the
Contract is also unavoidably affected or influenced by governing
regulations, natural phenomenon including weather conditions and other
forces outside the Contract Documents.
Abbreviated Written Summary: Briefly and without force and effect upon
the contract documents, the Work of the Contract can be summarized as
follows:
The Work of this Contract includes coordination of the entire Work
of the Projects, including preparation of general coordination
drawings, diagrams and schedules, and control of site utilization,
from beginning of construction activity through project close-out
and warranty periods.
The Work includes all demolition, earthwork, footing, concrete walls,
concrete stairs, railing as shown on the drawings.
The Work includes wood and hollow metal door, hardware, ceilings,
floor and wall finishes.
The Work includes reworking of existing lighting and power devices,
mechanical duct work, and fire sprinkler system. A new sump pump will
898-96C
-TTVI(,(r_T-+'tT f1 j? TTTT, TTn Fffj
n-1 n1 n - 1
be added at the new stair well.
General: Limit use of the premises to construction activities in areas
indicated; allow for Owner occupancy and use by the public.
Confine operations to areas within Contract limits indicated.
Portions of the site beyond areas in which construction operations
are indicated are not to be disturbed.
Keep driveways and entrances serving the premises clear and
available to the Owner and the Owner's employees at all times. Do
not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. Schedule
deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of
materials and equipment on site.
Inform and coordinate Work with Owner to minimize disruption of
existing operations.
Lock automotive type vehicles, such as passenger cars and trucks
and other mechanized or motorized construction equipment, when
parked and unattended, so as to prevent unauthorized use. Do not
leave such vehicles or equipment unattended with the motor running
or the ignition key in place. _
Use of the Existinq Building: Maintain the existing building in a
weathertight condition throughout the construction period. Repair damage --
caused by construction operations. Take all precautions necessary to
protect the building and its occupants during the construction period.
Keep public areas and service areas free from accumulation of waste
materials, rubbish or construction debris.
Smoking or open fires will not be permitted within the building
enclosure or on the premises.
Maintain required fire exits from the building at all times.
Prevent any damage to existing finishes scheduled to remain.
Full Owner Occupancy: The Owner will occupy the site and existing
building during the entire construction period. Cooperate with the Owner
or his representative during construction operations to minimize
conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to
interfere with the Owner's operations or safety of the public. _
Selected materials and equipment, and in some cases, their installation,
are shown and specified in the Contract Documents by allowances.
Allowances have been established in lieu of additional requirements and
to defer selection of actual materials and equipment to a later date when
additional information is available for evaluation. Additional
requirements, if necessary, will be issued by Change Order.
898-96C
SUMMARY OF THE WORK 01010 - 2
r
z
Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with
related materials and installations to ensure that each allowance item is
completely integrated and interfaced with related construction
_ activities.
At the earliest feasible date after Contract award, advise the Architect
of the date when the final selection and purchase of each product or
system described by an allowance must be completed in order to avoid
delay in performance of the Work. Purchase products and systems as
selected by the Architect from the designated supplier.
submittals: Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems
included in allowances, in the form specified for Change Orders.
Submit invoices or delivery slips to indicate actual quantities of
materials delivered to the site for use in fulfillment of each allowance.
Change Order Data: Include in each Change Order proposal both the
quantities of products being purchased and unit costs, along with total
amount of purchases to be made. Where requested, furnish survey -of -
requirements data to substantiate quantities. Indicate applicable taxes,
delivery charges, and amounts of applicable trade discounts.
. Change Order Mark -Up: The amount of each Change Order resulting form
final selection of products and systems covered by an allowance shall be
the difference between purchase order amount and allowance, and shall not
include Contractor's mark-up (or subcontractor's mark-up) except to the
�. extent clearly demonstrated (by Contractor) that either scope of
installation or nature of work required was changed fran that which could
have been foreseen from description of allowance and other information in
Contract Documents.
Unit- oa : Each Change Order amount for unit -cost type allowance shall
be based solely on the difference between the actual unit purchase amount
and the unit allowance, multiplied by the final measure or count of work-
in -place, with reasonable allowances, where applicable,. for cutting
losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal product imperfections and
similar margins.
Include installation costs in base bid price.
When requested, prepare explanations and documentation to substantiate
the margins as claimed.
Prepare and submit substantiation of a change in the scope of work ( if
any) claimed in the Change Orders related to unit -cost type
allowances.
The Owner reserves the right to establish the actual quantity of work-
in -place by an independent quantity survey, measure or count.
898-96C
SUMMARY OF THE WORK 01010 - 3
9VCTTON n1 04 Q - PRO,TVCT rOORDTNATTCON
PART 1 - GENERAL
r RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification sections,
apply to work of this section.
SUMMARY
This section specifies minimum administrative and supervisory
requirements necessary for Project coordination including but are not
necessarily limited to the following:
Coordinate
General installation provisions.
i Cleaning and protection.
Conservation and salvage.
COORDINATION
Coordination: Coordinate construction activities included under various
r Sections of these Specifications to assure efficient and orderly
installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction
operations included under different Sections of the Specifications that
T are dependent upon each other for proper installation, connection, and
operation.
Where installation of one part of the Work is dependent on
installation of other components, either before or after its own
installation, schedule construction activities in the sequence
required to obtain the best results.
Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of
different components to assure maximum accessibility for required
maintenance, service and repair.
Make
adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later
q
installation.
LIMITATIONS ON USE OF THE SITE
General: Limitations on site usage as well as specific requirements that
impact site utilization are indicated on the drawings and by other
contract documents. In addition to these limitations and requirements,
administer allocation of available space equitably among entities needing
both access and space so as to produce the best overall efficiency in
performance of the total work of the project. Schedule deliveries so as
to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and
equipment on site.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable).
GENERAL', IN$TALLATTON PROVISIONS
Tngppction of Conditions: Require the Installer of each major unit of
work to inspect both the substrate and conditions under which the work is
898-96C
PROJECT COORDINATION o104o - 1
to be performed. The Installer shall report all unsatisfactory
conditions in writing to the Contractor. Do not proceed with the work
until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner
acceptable to the Installer.
Manufacturer's Tnstructions: Comply with manufacturer's applicable
instructions and recommendations for installation, to the extent that
these instructions and recommendations are more explicit or more
stringent than requirements indicated in the Contract Documents.
Inspect all materials or equipment immediately prior to installation.
Reject damaged and defective items:
Provide a hm.n and connection devices and methods for securing work.
Secure work true to line and level, and within recognized industry
tolerances. Allow for expansion movement.
Visual Effects: Provide uniform joint width in exposed work. Arrange
joints in exposed work to obtain the best visual effect. Refer
questionable visual -effect choices to the Architect for final decision.
Recheck measurements and dimensions of the work, as an integral step of
starting each installation.
T_nstall each unit -of -work during weather conditions and project status "-
which will ensure the best possible results in coordination with the
entire work.
Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, install
individual units of work at American Disability Act Accessability
Guidlines mounting heights for the particular application indicated. _
Refer questionable mounting height choices to the Architect for final
decision.
General: During handling and installation, clean' and protect work in
progress and adjoining work on the basis of continuous maintenance.
Apply protective covering on installed work where it is required to
ensure freedom from damage or deterioration at time of substantial
completion.
Clean and maintain completed work as frequently as necessary through the
remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable
components to ensure operability without damaging effects.
LimitingFkposures; Supervise construction activities to ensure that
none of the work, whether completed or in progress, will be subjected to
harmful, dangerous, damaging or otherwise deleterious exposure during the
construction period. Where applicable, such exposures include, but not
by way of limitation, the following:
Excessive static
Excessively high
Thermal shock.
Water or ice.
Solvents.
Light.
or dynamic loading.
or low temperatures.
898-96C
DPn,TVrm rn!1PnTTTA.TTON
ni n4n 2
soiling, staining and corrosion.
Combustion.
Electrical current.
Misalignment.
Excessive weathering.
Unprotected storage.
Improper shipping or handling.
Theft, or vandalism.
CONSERVATTON AND SALVAGE
General_; It is a requirement for supervision and administration of the
work that construction operations be carried out with the maximum
possible consideration given to conservation of energy, water and
materials. In addition, maximum consideration shall be given to
salvaging materials and equipment involved in performance of the work but
not incorporated therein. Refer to other sections for required
disposition of salvage materials which are the Owner's property.
898-96C
r'Dn7rr11r ('�nAT.T*7TTTnTT !1? n,tn ._
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general rovisions of Contract including General and
g g P g
Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification sections,
apply to work of this section.
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for
cutting and patching.
Refer to other Sections for specific requirements and limitations
applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of the Work.
Requirements of this Section apply to mechanical and electrical
installations. Refer to Division-15 and Division-16 Sections for
other requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching
mechanical and electrical installations.
Demolition of selected portions of the building for alterations is
included in Section "Selective Demolition".
Cutting and Patching Proposal: Where approval of procedures for cutting
and patching is required before proceeding, submit a proposal describing
procedures well in advance of the time cutting and patching will be
performed and request approval to proceed. Include the following
information, as applicable, in the proposal:
Describe .the extent of cutting and patching required and how it is to
be performed; indicate why it cannot be avoided.
Describe anticipated results in terms of changes to existing
r construction; include changes to structural elements and operating
components as well as changes in the building's appearance and other
significant visual elements.
List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform Work.
Indicate dates when cutting and patching is to be performed.
List utilities that will be disturbed or affected, including those
that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily
out -of -service. Indicate how long service will be disrupted.
Where cutting and patching involves addition of reinforcement to
structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations from
a licensed professional engineer to show how reinforcement is
integrated with the original structure.
Approval by the Architect to proceed with cutting and patching does
not waive the Architect's right to later require complete removal and
replacement of a part of the Work found to be unsatisfactory.
r 898-96C
CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045 - 1
Reauirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural work
in a manner that would result in a reduction of load -carrying capacity or
of load -deflection ratio'.
Before cutting and patching the following categories of work, obtain the
Architect's approval to proceed with cutting and patching as described in
the procedural proposal for cutting and patching..
Bearing walls.
Structural steel.
Lintels.
Timber and primary wood framing.
Structural decking.
Miscellaneous structural metals.
Piping, ductwork and equipment.
Operational and Safety Limitations: Do not cut and patch operational —
elements or safety related components in a manner that would result in
reduction of their capacity to perform in the manner intended, including
energy performance, or that would result in increased maintenance, or
decreased operational life or decreased safety.
Obtain approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting
and patching the following operating elements, or safety related
systems:
Primary operational systems and equipment.
Air or smoke barriers.
Water, moisture, or vapor barriers.
Membranes and flashings.
Fire protection systems.
Noise and vibration control elements and systems.
Control systems.
Communication systems
Electrical wiring systems.
Visual RPqui_rements: Do not cut and patch work exposed on the building's
exterior or interior spaces in a manner that would, in the Architect's
opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities, or result in visual
evidence of .cutting and patching. Remove and replace work judged by the
Architect to be cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. _
Retain qualified experienced installer or fabricator to cut and patch the
following categories of exposed Work, or if it is not possible to engage
the original installer or fabricator, engage another recognized
experienced and specialized firm:
Processed concrete finishes.
Stonework and stone masonry.
Matched -veneer woodwork.
Plaster.
Acoustical ceilings.
Terrazzo.
Finished wood flooring.
Carpeting.
Wall covering.
898-96C
CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045 - 2
h
r Tile flooring.
I nnvm 7 _ Dvnnrtrmc
Use materials for cutting and patching that are identical to existing
materials. If identical materials are not available, or cannot be used,
use materials that match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent
possible with regard to visual effect. Use materials that will result in
equal -or -better performance characteristics than that of existing
materials.
Before cutting, examine the surfaces to be cut and patched and the
conditions under which the work is to be performed. If unsafe or
otherwise unsatisfactory conditions are encountered, take corrective
action before proceeding with the work.
TemporarySupport: To prevent failure, provide temporary support of work
to be cut.
Protection: Protect other work during cutting and patching to prevent
damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for that part
of the project that may be exposed during cutting and patching
operations.
Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free
passage to adjoining areas.
Take all precautions necessary to avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit,
or duct serving the building but scheduled to be relocated, until
provisions have been made to bypass them.
PERFORMANCE
General: Employ skilled workmen to perform cutting and patching.
Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and
complete without delay.
of Cutting: Cut the work using methods that are least likely to damage work
to be retained or adjoining work. Where possible, review proposed
procedures with the original installer; comply with original installer's
recommendations.
In general where cutting is required, use hand or small power tools
designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chonn;na. Cut
through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine such as a
carborundum saw or core drill to insure a neat hole. Cut holes and
slots neatly to size required with minimum disturbance of adjacent
898-96C
CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045 - 3
work. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from
the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. Temporarily
cover openings when not in use.
Roof deck is to be neatly sawed where any penetration occurs.
Comply with requirements of applicable sections of Division 2 where
cutting and patching requires excavating and backfilling.
By-pass utility services such as pipe and conduit before cutting,
where such utility services are shown or required to be removed,
relocated or abandoned. Cut-off conduit and pipe in walls or
partitions to be removed. After by-pass and cutting, cap, valve or
plug and seal tight remaining portion of pipe and conduit to prevent
entrance of moisture or other foreign matter.
Patching: Patch with seams which are durable and as invisible as
possible. Comply with specified tolerances for the work.
Where feasible, inspect and test patched structural areas to
demonstrate integrity of work.
Restore exposed finishes of patched areas, and where necessary extend
finish restoration into retained adjoining work in a manner which will
eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing.
Where removal of walls or partitions extends one finished area into
another finished area, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the
new space to provide an even surface of uniform color and appearance.
If necessary to achieve uniform color and appearance, remove existing
floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials.
Where patch occurs in a smooth painted surface, extend final paint
coat over entire unbroken surface containing patch, after patched
area has received prime and base coat.
Patch, repair or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an
even plane surface of uniform appearance.
Thoroughly clean areas and spaces where work is performed or used as
access to work. Remove completely paint, mortar, oils, putty and items
of similar nature. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit and similar features
before painting or other finishing is applied. Restore damaged pipe
covering to its original condition.
898-96C
CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045 - 4
I
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification sections,
apply to work of this section.
General: Definitions contained in this Article are not necessarily
complete, but are general to the extent that they are not defined more
explicitly elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
Tn icated: The term indicated refers to graphic representations, notes
or schedules on the Drawings, or other Paragraphs or Schedules in
Specifications, and similar requirements in Contract Documents. Where
terms such as "shown", "noted", "scheduled", and "specified" are used, it
is to help locate the reference; nolimitationof location is intended
except as specifically noted.
D)'rected: Terms such as "directed", "requested", "authorized",
"selected", "approved" , "required", and "permitted" mean "directed by the
Architect", "requested by the Architect", and similar phrases. However,
no implied meaning shall be interpreted to extend the Architect's
responsibility into the Contractor's area of construction supervision.
Approved: The term "approved", where used in conjunction with the
Architect's action on the Contractor's submittals, applications, and
requests, is limited to the responsibilities and duties of the Architect
stated in the Conditions of the Contract. Such approval shall not
release the Contractor from responsibility to fulfill Contract Document
requirements, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
Regulation: The term "Regulations" includes laws, statutes, ordinances
and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, as well as
rules, conventions and agreements within the construction industry that
control performance of the Work, whether they are lawfully imposed by
authorities having jurisdiction or not.
Furnish: The term "furnish" is used to mean "supply and deliver to the
Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and
similar operations.
Install: The term "install" is used to describe operations at Project
Site including the actual "unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection,
placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing,
protecting, cleaning and similar operations".
Provide: The term "provide" means "to furnish and install, complete and
ready for the intended use.
jns ld r An "Installer" is the Contractor or another entity engaged by
the Contractor, either as an employee, subcontractor or contractor of
lower tier, to perform a particular construction activity, including
installation, erection, application and similar operations. Installers
are required to be experienced in the operations they are engaged to
perform.
r
898-96EC
REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 - 1
33MAMI 113►1,:*MA ►1 1 3 a am*•\ • Lim"
1
Trades: Using terms such as carpentry does not imply that certain
construction activities must be performed by accredited or unionized
individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as carpenter. It
also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to
tradespersons of the corresponding generic name.
Assigning Certain Sections of the Specifications require
that specific construction activities shall be performed by
specialists who are recognized experts in those operations. The
specialists must be engaged for those activities, and their
assignments are requirements over which the Contractor has no option.
However, the ultimate responsibility for fulfilling Contract
requirements remains with the Contractor.
This requirement shall not be interpreted to conflict with
enforcing building codes and similar regulations governing the
Work. It is also not intended to interfere with local trade union
jurisdictional settlements and similar conventions.
Proiec t site is the space available to the Contractor for performing
construction activities, either exclusively or in conjunction with others
performing other work part of the Project. The extent of the Project
Site is shown on Drawings, and may or may not be identical with the
description of the land upon which the Project is to be built.
Testing Agencies: A "testing agency" is an independent entity engaged to
perform specific inspections or tests, either at the Project Site or
elsewhere, and to report on, and, if required, to interpret, results of
those inspections or tests.
Specification Format: These Specifications are organized into Divisions
and Sections based on the Construction Specifications Institute's
16-Division format and the MASTERFORMAT numbering system.
Specification Content: This Specification uses certain conventions
regarding the style of language and the intended_ meaning of certain
terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations or
circumstances. These conventions are explained as follows:
Abbreviated r.anauage: Language used in Specifications and other
Contract Documents is abbreviated. Words and implied, but not stated, r
shall be interpolated as the sense requires. Singular words will be
interpreted as plural and plural words interpreted as singular were
applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates.
Imperative and streamlined language is used generally in the
Specifications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to
be performed by the Contractor. At certain locations in the Text,
subjective language is used for clarity to describe responsibilities
that must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor, or by others when
so noted.
The words "shall be" are implied wherever a color (:) is used
within a sentence or phrase.
898-96BC
REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 - 2
REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS,- =IT'D,
Graphic symbols used on the Drawings are those recognized in the
construction industry for purposes indicated Where not otherwise noted,
symbols are defined by "Architectural Graphic Standards", published by
John Wiley & Sons, Inc., seventh edition.
M. hani al,/FlPc-ri_al Drawings: Graphic symbols used on mechanical and
electrical Drawings are generally aligned with symbols recommended by
ASHRAE.Where appropriate, they are supplemented by more specific
symbols recommended by technical associations including ASME, ASPE, IEEE
and similar organizations. Refer instances of uncertainty to the
Architect for clarification before proceeding.
r'
INDUSTRY STANDARDS
Apnlicability of Standards: Except where Contract Documents include more
stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have
the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into Contract
Documents. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by
reference. Individual Sections indicate which codes and standards the
Contractor must keep available at the Project Site for reference.
Publication Data: Where compliance with an industry standard is
required, comply with the standard in effect as of date of Contract
Documents.
Updated Standards: At the request of the Architect, Contractor or
authority having jurisdiction, submit a Change Order proposal where an
applicable code or standard has been revised and reissued after the
date of the Contract Documents and before performance of Work
affected. The Architect will decide whether to issue a Change Order
to proceed with the updated standard.
tConflicting Requirements: Where compliance with two or more standards is
specified, and they establish different or conflicting requirements for
minimum quantities or quality levels, the most stringent requirement will
be enforced, unless the Contract Documents indicate otherwise. Refer
requirements that are different, but apparently equal, and_ uncertainties
as to which quality level is more stringent to the Architect for a
r.. decision before proceeding.
i
Minimum Quantities or Quality Levels: In every instance the quantity
or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum to be
provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly,
within specified tolerances, with the minimum quantity or quality
specified, or it may exceed that minimum within reasonable limits. In
complying with these requirements, indicated numeric values are
minimum or maximum values, as noted, or appropriate for the context of
the requirements. Refer instances of uncertainty to the Architect for
,., decision before proceeding.
r-opies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on the Project
is required to be familiar with industry standards applicable to that.
entity's construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not
bound with the Contract Documents.
Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required
construction activity, the Contractor shall obtain copies directly
from the publication source.
898-96BC
_- REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 - 3
Although copies of standards needed for enforcement of requirements
may be part of required submittals, the Architect reserves the right
to require the Contractor to submit additional copies as necessary for
enforcement of requirements.
Abbreviations and Names: Trade association names and titles of general
standards are frequently abbreviated. Where acronyms or abbreviations
are used in the Specifications or other Contract Documents they mean the
recognized name of the trade association, •standards generating
organization, authority having jurisdiction or other entity applicable to
the context of the text provision. Refer to the "Encyclopedia of
Associations," published by Gale Research Co., available in most
libraries.
Federal Government Agencies: Names and titles of federal government
standard- or Specification -producing agencies are often abbreviated.
Acronyms or abbreviations referenced in the Contract Documents indicate
names of standard- or Specification -producing agencies of the federal
government.
Permits. Licenses and Certificates: For the. Owner's records, submit
copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports,
releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments,
judgements, and similar documents, correspondence and records established
in conjunction with compliance with standards and regulations bearing
upon performance of the Work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
898-96BC
REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 - 4
Drawings and general provisions
Supplementary Conditions and other
apply to work of this section.
of Contract; including General and
Division 1 Specification sections,
The types of submittal requirements specified in this section include
shop drawings, product data, samples and miscellaneous work -related
submittals. Individual submittal requirements are specified in
applicable sections for each unit of work. Refer to other Division 1
sections and other contract documents for requirements for administrative
submittals.
Definitions: Work -related submittals of this section are categorized for
convenience as follows:
shop drawings include specially -prepared technical data for this
project, including drawings, diagrams, performance curves, data
sheets, schedules, templates, patterns, reports, calculations,
instructions, measurements and similar information not in standard
printed form for general application to a range of similar projects.
Product data include standard printed information on materials,
products and systems; not specially -prepared for this project, other
than the designation of selections from among available choices
printed therein.
Samples include both fabricated and
materials, products and units of
inspection or (where indicated)
analysis.
unfabricated physical examples of
work; either for limited visual
for more detailed testing and
Miscellaneous submittals related directly to the work
(non -administrative) include warranties; maintenance agreements,
workmanship bonds, project photographs, survey data and reports, physical
work records, quality testing and certifying reports, copies of industry
standards, record drawings, field measurement data, operating and
maintenance materials, overrun stock, and similar information, devices
and materials applicable to the work and not processed as shop drawings,
products data or samples.
Coordination and Sequencing: Coordinate preparation and processing of
submittals. Coordinate and sequence different categories of submittals
for same work, so that one will not be delayed for coordination of
Architect's review with another.
Refer to other Division 1 sections and other contract documents for
specifications on administrative, non -work -related submittals. Such
submittals include, but are not limited to the following items:
Permits.
Payment applications.
Performance and payment bonds.
' Insurance certificates.
r 898-96B
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA & SAMPLES 01340 - 1
Inspection and test reports.
Listing of subcontractors.
Submittal Preparation: Provide permanent marking on each submittal to
identify project, date, Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, submittal
name, address and similar information to distinguish it from other
submittals.
Contractor to provide executed review and approval marking before
submitting to the Architect and provide space for Architect's "Action"
marking.
Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling.
Submittals which are received from sources other than through
Contractor's office will be returned by Architect "without action"
Transmittal Form: AIA Form G810 or Contractors standard form if approved
by the Architect.
General: Except as otherwise indicated in individual work sections,
comply with requirements specified herein for each indicated category of
submittal. Provide and process intermediate submittals, where required
between initial and final, similar to initial submittals. The Contractor
is responsible for: quantities; dimensions which are to be confirmed and
correlated at the job site; fabrication processes and techniques of
construction; coordination of his work with that of other trades; and the
satisfactory performance of his work.
Refer to Division 15 and Division lb sections for additional general
requirments applicable to shop drawings, product data, and samples for
mechanical and electrical work, respectively.
Shop Drawings Provide newly -prepared information with graphic
information at accurate scale (except as otherwise indicated), with name
of preparer indicated (firm name). Show dimensions and note which are
based on field measurement. Identify materials and products in the work
shown. Indicate compliances with standards, and special coordination
requirements. Do not allow shop drawing copies without appropriate final
"Action" markings by Architect to be used in connection with the work.
Submittal: Five (5) prints; two (2) will be retained and remainder
will be returned. Provide two (2) additional copies (which will be
returned) when required for maintenance manuals.
Product Data: Collect required data into one submittal for each unit of
work or system, and mark each copy to show which choices and options are
applicable to project. Include manufacturer's standard printed
recommendations for application and use, compliance with standards,
application of labels and seals, notation of field measurements which
have been checked, and special coordination requirements.
Submittals: Do not submit product data, or allow its use on the
project, until compliance with requirements of contract documents has
been confirmed by Contractor. Submittal is for information and —
record, unless otherwise indicated. Initial submittal is final
submittal, unless returned promptly by Architect and marked with
898-96B
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA & SAMPLES 01340 2
SHOP DRAWINGS PRODUCT DATE'& 'SAMPLES'CONT'D
"Action" which indicates an observed non-compliance. Submit five (5)
copies, plus two (2) additional.cogies,(which will be returned) where
required for maintenance manuals. Two 'copies will be retained.
Provide a preliminary single -copy submittal where required (or desired
by Contractor) for selection of options by Architect.
Tnstaller's Copy: Do not proceed with installation of materials,
^' products or systems until final copy of applicable product data is in
F possession of Installer.
Samples: Provide units identical with final condition of proposed
materials or products of the work. Include "range" samples (not less
than three units) where unavoidable variations must be expected, and
describe or identify variations between units of each set. Provide full
set of optional samples where -Architect's selection is required. Prepare
samples to match Architect's samples where so indicated. Include
information with each sample to show generic description, source or
product name and manufacturer, limitations, and compliance with
standards. Samples are submitted for review and confirmation of color,
pattern, texture and "kind" by Architect. Architect will not "test"
samples (except as otherwise indicated) for compliance with other
requirements, which are therefore the exclusive responsibility of
Contractor.
Submittal: At Contractor's option, provide_ preliminary submittal of
single set of samples for Architect's review and "Action" which
requires resubmittal;'one set will be returned.
nelection and Test Reports: Classify each as either "shopdrawing" or
"product data", depending upon whether report is uniquely prepared for
project or a standard publication of workmanship control testing at point
of production; process accordingly.
Warranties: Refer to "Products" section for specific general
requirements on warranties, product/workmanship bonds, and maintenance
agreements. In addition to copies desired for Contractor's use, furnish
two executed copies, except for maintenance manual.
Standards: Where copy submittal is indicated, and except where specified
integrally with "Product Data" submittal, submit a single copy for
Architect's use. Where workmanship at project site and elsewhere is
governed by standard, furnish additional copies to fabricators,
installers and others involved in performance of the work.
Closeout Submittals: Refer to individual work sections and to "closeout"
sections for specific requirements on submittal of closeout information,
materials, tools and similar items.
Record Document Conies: Furnish one set.
Maintenance/Operating Manuals: Furnish two bound copies.
Materials and Tools Refer to individual work sections for required
quantities of spare parts, extra and overrun stock, maintenance tools
and devices, keys, and similar physical units to be submitted.
SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE
r, 898-96B
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA & SAMPLES 01340 - 3
General Distribution: Provide additional distribution of submittals (not
included in foregoing copy submittal requirements) to subcontractors,
suppliers, fabricators, installers, governing authorities and others as
necessary for proper performance of the work. Include such additional
copies in transmittal forms.
Architect's Action: Where action and return is required or requested,
Architect will review each submittal, mark with "Action" and where
possible return within two weeks of receipt. Where submittal must be
held for coordination, Contractor will be so advised by Architect without
delay.
Review of submittals is for general conformance with the design concept
of the project and general compliance with the information given in the
contract documents. Any action shown is subject to the requirements of
the plans and specifications.
Final Unrestricted Release: Work may proceed, provided it complies
with contract documents, when submittal is returned with the
following:
Marking: "Approved."
Final -But -Restricted Release: Work may proceed, provided it complies
with notations and corrections on submittal and with contract
documents, when submittal is returned with the following:
Marking: "Approved as Noted."
Returned For Resubmittal: Do not proceed with work. Revise
submittal in accordance with notations thereon, and resubmit without
delay to obtain a different action marking. Do not allow submittal
with the.following marking (or marked submittals where a marking is
required) to be used in connection with performance of the work:
Marking: "Disapproved, Resubmit."
FART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
898-96B
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA & SAMPLES 01340 - 4
Me I
PART 1 - GENERAL
rRELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections,
apply to this Section.
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for
quality control services.
Quality on rot services in .1 ad . inspections and tests and related
actions including reports, performed by independent agencies, governing
authorities, and the Contractor. They do not include Contract
enforcement activities performed by the Architect.
Inspection and testing services are required to verify compliance with
requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve the
Contractor of responsibility for compliance with Contract Document
requirements.
Reauir m n_s of this Section relate to customized fabrication and
installation procedures, not production of standard products.
Specific quality control requirements for individual construction
activities are specified in the Sections that specify those
activities. Those requirements, including inspections and tests,
cover production of standard products as well as customized
fabrication and installation procedures.
Inspections, tests and related actions specified are not intended to
limit the Contractor's quality control procedures that facilitate
compliance with Contract Document requirements.
Requirements for the Contractor to provide quality control services
required by the Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction
are not limited by provisions of this Section.
Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that
relate to this Section:
Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching" specifies requirements for
repair and restoration of construction disturbed by inspection and
testing activities.
r Contractor Responsibilities: The installing contractor shall provide
inspections, tests and similar quality control services, specified in
individual Specification Sections and required by governing authorities,
except where they are specifically indicated to be the Owner's
responsibility, or are provided by another identified entity; these
services include those specified to be performed by an independent agency
and not by the Contractor. Costs for these services shall be included in
the Contract Sum.
r�
r i
Retestina: The Contractor is responsible for retesting where results
898-96C
n T T r; T T M Ir re-,,T rr V T
ni d(1n — 1
• S) Hi 0 :•t XWW*Fewy M 1
of required inspections, tests or similar services prove
unsatisfactory and do not indicate compliance with Contract Document
requirements,- regardless of whether the original test was the
Contractor's responsibility.
Cost of retesting construction revised or replaced by the
Contractor is the Contractor's responsibility,'where required tests
were performed on original construction.
Associated Services: The Contractor shall cooperate with agencies
performing required inspections, tests and similar services and -
provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify the agency
sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of
personnel. Auxiliary services required include but are not limited
to:
Providing access to the Work and furnishing incidental labor and
facilities necessary to facilitate inspections and tests.
Taking adequate quantities of representative samples of materials
that require testing or assisting the -agency in taking samples. ._
Providing facilities for storage and curing of test samples, and
delivery of samples to testing laboratories.
Providing the agency with a preliminary design mix proposed for use
for materials mixes that require control by the testing agency.
Security and protection of samples and test equipment at the
Project site.
DTties of the Testing Agency: The independent testing agency engaged to ^
perform inspections, sampling and testing of materials and construction
specified in individual Specification Sections shall cooperate with the
Architect and Contractor in performance of its duties, and shall provide '-
qualified personnel to perform required inspections and tests.
The agency shall notify the Architect and Contractor promptly of -
irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance
of its services.
The agency is not authorized to release, revoke, alter or enlarge
requirements of the Contract Documents, or approve or accept any
portion of the Work.
The agency shall not perform any duties of the Contractor.
Coordination: The Contractor and each agency engaged to perform
inspections, tests and similar services shall coordinate the sequence of _
activities to accommodate required services with a minimum of delay. In
addition, the Contractor and each agency shall coordinate activities to
avoid the necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate
inspections and tests.
The Contractor is responsible for scheduling times for inspections, -
tests, taking samples and similar activities.
898-96C
nr,*.r TmV rr,*.Tmn_nr
QUALITY CONTROLS, CONT'D
SUBMTTTALS
The independent testing agency shall submit a certified written report of
each inspection, test or similar service to the Architect in duplicate,
unless the Contractor is responsible for the service. If the Contractor
is responsible for the service, submit a certified written report of each
inspection, test or similar service through the Contractor in duplicate.
Submit additional copies of each written report directly to the
governing authority, when the authority so directs.
Report Data: Written reports of each inspection, test or similar
service shall include, but not be limited to:
Date of issue.
Project title and number.
Name, address and telephone number of testing agency.
Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.
Names of individuals making the inspection or test.
Designation of the Work and test method.
Identification of product and Specification Section
Complete inspection or test data.
Test results and an interpretation of test results.
Ambient conditions at th.e time of sample taking and testing.
Comments or professional opinion as to whether inspected or
tested Work complies with Contract Document requirements.
Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
Recommendations on retesting.
Qualification for Service Agencies: Engage inspection and testing
service agencies, including independent testing laboratories, which are
prequalified as complying with "Recommended Requirements for Independent
Laboratory Qualification" by the American Council of Independent
Laboratories, and which specialize in the types of inspections and tests
to be performed.
Each independent inspection and testing agency engaged on the Project
shall be authorized by authorities having jurisdiction to operate in
the State in which the Project is located.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable).
General_: Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample -taking and
similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and
finishes to eliminate deficiencies, including deficiencies in visual
qualities of exposed finishes. Comply with Contract Document
requirements for "Cutting and Patching".
Protect construction exposed by or for quality control service
t activities, and protect repaired construction.
., Repair and protection is the Contractor's responsibility, regardless of
898-96C
^TIZ.T'*T-jr t'nTI TTL�OT, dull _ �
QTTAT.TTV COWTRnT,S , cnwT' n
the assignment of responsibility for inspection, testing or similar
services.
898-96C
nMT T Tm�* /+IITTMrOT A r%n 4
F111
SECTION 01631 - PRODUCTS AND S BSTITUTTONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification sections,
apply to work of this section.
SUMMARY
This section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for
handling requests for substitutions made after award of the Contract.
The Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Schedule of Submittals are
included under Section "Submittals".
Standards: Refer to Section "Definitions and Standards" for
applicability of industry standards to products specified.
Definitions:
Definitions used in this paragraph are not
intended to
`)
negate the
meaning of other terms used in the contract
documents,
including
such terms as, "specialties", "systems",
"structure,
"finishes",
"accessories", "furnishings", "special construction", and
similar terms.
Such terms are self-explanatory and have
recognized
•°
meanings in
the construction industry.
"Products" are items purchased for incorporation in the Work, whether
purchased for the Project or taken from the Contractor's previously
purchased stock. The term "product" as used herein includes the terms
"material", "equipment", "system" and other terms of similar intent.
"Named Products" are items identified by manufacturer's product
name including make or model designation, as recorded in current
published product literature.
"Materials" are products that must be substantially cut, shaped,
worked, mixed, finished, refined or otherwise fabricated, processed,
or installed to form units of work.
"Equipment" a product with operational parts, whether motorized or
manually operated, that requires service connections such as wiring or
piping.
Substitutions: Requests for changes in products, materials, equipment
and methods of construction required by the Contract Documents proposed
by the. Contractor after the Contract is awarded are considered requests
for "substitutions". The following are not considered substitutions:
Revisions to the contract documents, where requested by the Owner,
Architect or Engineer are considered as "changes", not substitutions.
Substitutions requested during the bidding period, which have been
accepted prior to the Contract Date, are included in the contract
documents and are not subject to the requirements for substitutions as
herein specified.
Specified Contractor options on products and construction methods
included in the contract documents are choices available to the
Contractor and are not subject to the requirements for substitutions
r 898-96C
T PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 01631 - 1
as herein specified.
The Contractor's determination of and compliance with governing
regulations and orders as issued by governing authorities.
Standards: Refer to Division-1 section "Definitions and Standards" for
the applicability of industry standards to the products specified for the
project, and for the cronyms used in the text of the specification
sections.
Sourcp Limitations: To the fullest extent possible, provide products of
the same generic kind, from a single source, for each unit of work.
Compatibility of Options: Compatibility of products is a basic
requirement of product selection. When the Contractor is given the
option of selecting between two or more products for use on the project,
the product selected must be compatible with other products previously
selected, even if the products previously selected were also Contractor
options. The complete compatibility between the various choices
available to the Contractor is not assured by the various requirements of
the Contract documents, but must be provided by the Contractor.
Substitution Request Submittal: Requests for substitution will be
considered if received within 30 days after commencement of the Work.
Requests received more than 30 days after commencement of the Work may be
considered or rejected at the discretion of the Architect.
Submit three (3) copies of each request for substitution. In each
request identify the product or fabrication or installation method to
be replaced by the substitution; include related specification section
and drawing numbers, and complete documentation showing compliance
with the requirements for substitutions. Include the following
information, as appropriate, with each request.
Provide complete product data, drawings and descriptions of products,
and fabrication and installation procedures.
Provide samples where applicable or requested.
Provide a detailed comparison of the significant qualities of the
proposed substitution with those of the work originally specified.
Significant qualities include elements such as size, weight,
durability, performance and visual effect where applicable.
Provide complete coordination information. Include all changes _
required in other elements of the work to accommodate the
substitution, including work performed by the Owner and separate
Contractors.
Provide certification by the Contractor along with executed action
stamp stating, after thorough evaluation, that the proposed
substitution will result in work that in every significant respect is —
equal to or better than the work required by the Contract Documents.
Include in this certification the Contractor's waiver of rights to
898-96C
PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 01631 - 2
PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS, CONT'D "
additional payment of time, which may subsequently be necessary
because of the failure of the substitution to perform adequately.
Architect's Action: Within one week of receipt of the request for
substitution, the Architect will request additional information or
documentation necessary for evaluation of the request. Within two (2)
weeks of receipt of the request, or one week of receipt of the
additional information or documentation, whichever is later, the
r Architect will notify the Contractor of acceptance or rejection of the
proposed substitution. If a decision on use of a proposed substitute
cannot be made or obtained within the time allocated, use the product
r„ specified by name. Acceptance will be in the form of a Change Order.
Deliver, store, and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations, using means and methods that will prevent damage,
deterioration and loss, including theft. Control delivery schedules to
minimize long-term storage at the site and to prevent overcrowding of
construction spaces. In particular coordinate delivery and installation
to ensure minimum holding or storage times for items known or recognized
to be flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to
deterioration, theft and other sources of loss.
Deliver products to the site in the manufacturer's sealed container or
other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for
handling, storing, unpacking, protecting and installing.
Store products at the site in a manner that will facilitate inspection
and measurement of quantity or counting of units.
Store heavy materials away from the project structure in a manner that
will not endanger the supporting construction.
General: Requirements for individual products are indicated in the
contract documents; compliance with these requirements is in itself a
contract requirement. These requirements may be specified in any one of
several different specifying methods, or in any combination of these
methods. These methods include the following:
Proprietary
Semi -proprietary
Descriptive
Performance
Compliance with Reference Standards
Compliance with codes, compliance with graphic details, allowances,
visual selections and similar provisions of the Contract Documents
also have a bearing on the selection process.
Procedures for Selecting Products: The Contractor's options in selecting
products are limited by requirements of the Contract Documents and
governing regulations, not by industry traditions or procedures.
Procedures governing selection include the following:
j~ 898-96C
PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 01631 - 3
Single Product Name: Where only a single product or manufacturer is
named, provide the product indicated. No substitutions permitted.
Two or More Product Names: Where two or more products or
manufacturers are named, provide one of the products named. No
substitutions permitted.
Where products or manufacturers are specified by name, accompanied by
the term "or -equal" or similar language, comply with the contract
documents provisions concerning "substitutions" to obtain approval
from the Architect for the use of an unnamed product.
Non-ProprietarySpecification: Where Specifications list products or
manufacturers that are available and may be incorporated in the Work, but
do not restrict the Contractor to the use of these products only, the
Contractor may propose any available product that complies with Contract
requirements.
Where the specifications
describe a product or assembly generically, listing the exact
characteristics required, with or without use of a brand or trade name,
provide products or assemblies that provide the characteristics and
otherwise comply with Contract requirements.
Performance Specification Requirements: Where Specifications require
compliance with performance requirements, provide products that comply
with specific requirements and are recommended by the manufacturer for
the application indicated. General overall performance of a product is
implied where the product is specified for specific performances.
Compliance with Standards, Codes and Regulations: Where the
Specifications require only compliance with an imposed standard, code or
regulation, comply with specification requirements, including the
standards, codes and regulations.
Visual Matching: Where matching an established sample is required,
the final judgment of whether a product proposed matches the sample
satisfactorily will be determined by the Architect. Where there is no
product available within the specified category, matching the sample
satisfactorily and also complying with other specified requirements,
comply with the provisions of the Contract Documents concerning
"substitutions" for the selection of matching product in another
product category, or for non-compliance with specified requirements.
Allowances: Refer to individual Specifications sections and
"Allowance" provisions in Division-1 for allowances that control
product selection, and for the procedures required for processing such
selections.
SUBSTITUTIONS
Conditions: The Contractor's substitution request will be received and
considered when extensive revisions to the contract documents are not
required, when the proposed changes are in keeping with the general
intent of the contract documents, when the requests are timely, fully
documented and properly submitted, and when one or more of the following
898-96C
PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 01631 - 4
F
PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS, CONT'D
conditions is satisfied, all as judged by the Architect; otherwise the
requests will be returned without action except -to record non-compliance
with these requirements. The Architect will consider a request for
substitution when:
The request is directly related to an "or equal" clause or similar
language in the contract documents.
The specified product or method cannot be provided within the Contract
Time. The request will not be considered if the product or method
cannot be provided as a result of the Contractor's failure to pursue
the work promptly or to coordinate activities properly.
The specified product or method cannot be'provided within the Contract
Time. The request will not be considered if the product or method
cannot be provided as a result of failure to pursue the Work promptly
or coordinate activities properly.
The specified product or method of construction cannot receive
necessary approval by a governing authority, and the requested
substitution can be approved.
A substantial advantage is offered the Owner, in terms of cost, time,
energy conservation or other considerations of merit, after deducting
offsetting responsibilities the Owner. may be required to bear.
Additional responsibilities for the Owner may include additional
compensation to the Architect for redesign and evaluation services,
increased cost of other construction by the Owner or separate
Contractors, and similar considerations.
The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided in
a manner that is compatible with other materials, and- where the
Contractor- certifies that the substitution will overcome the
incompatibility.
The specified product or method of construction cannot be coordinated
with other materials, and where the Contractor certifies that the
proposed substitution can be coordinated.
The specified product or method of construction cannot provide a
warranty required by the Contract Documents and where the Contractor
certifies that the proposed substitution provides the required
warranty. _
The Contractor's submittal of and the Architect's "acceptance of shop
drawings, product data or samples which relate to work not complying with
requirements of the contract documents, does not constitute an acceptable
or valid request for a substitution, nor approval thereof.
Provide products that comply with the requirements of the contract
documents and that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, unused
at the time of installation. Provide products that are complete with all
accessories, trim, finish, safety guards and other- devices and details
needed for a complete installation and for the intended use and effect.
Standard rodu_tg: Where they are
available, provide standard
898-96C
PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 01631 - 5
products of types that have been produced and used successfully in
similar situations on other projects.
Nameplates: Except for required labels and operating data, do not
permanently attach or imprint manufacturer's or producer's nameplates or
trademarks on exposed surfaces of products which will be exposed to view
either in occupied spaces or on the exterior of the completed project.
Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on a concealed
surface or, where required for observation after installation, on an
accessible surface which, in occupied spaces, is not conspicuous.
Eauipm_n- Nam n a .s: Provide a permanent nameplate on each item of
service -connected or power -operated equipment. Locate the nameplate
on an easily accessible surface which is .inconspicuous in occupied
spaces. The nameplate shall contain the following information and
other essential operating data.
Name of manufacturer
Name of product
Model number
Serial number
Capacity
Speed
Ratings
Comply with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for
installation of the products in the applications indicated. Anchor each
product securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other
work. Clean exposed surfaces and protect surfaces as necessary to ensure
freedom from damage and deterioration at time of acceptance.
898-96C
PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 01631 - 6
I
F
J
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections,
apply to work of this Section.'
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for
project closeout, including but not limited to:
Inspection procedures.
Warranties and submittals.
Final cleaning.
Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are
included in the appropriate Sections in Divisions-2 through -16.
Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for Certification
of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List exceptions in
the request:
In the Application for Payment that coincides with or first follows
the date Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent
completion for the portion of the Work claimed as substantially
complete. Include supporting documentation for completion as
indicated in these Contract Documents.
If 100 percent completion cannot be shown, include a list of
incomplete items, the value of incomplete construction, and reasons
the Work is not complete.
Advise Owner of pending insurance change -over requirements.
Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements,
final certifications and similar documents.
Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the
Work and access to services and utilities; include occupancy permits,
operating certificates and similar releases.
Complete start-up testing/balancing of systems, service all existing
mechanical systems and instruction of the Owner's operating and
maintenance personnel. Discontinue or change over and remove
temporary facilities from the site, along with construction tools,
mock-ups, and similar elements.
Complete final clean up requirements, including touch-up painting.
Touch-up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes.
Tnspaction Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection of each
listed Project, the Architect will either proceed with inspection or
advise the Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. The Architect will
prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion at the completion of
898-96C
1 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 1
the final phases following inspection, or advise the Contractor of
construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate
will be issued.
The Architect will repeat inspection when requested and assured that
the Work has been substantially completed.
Results of, the completed inspection will form the basis of
requirements for final acceptance. -
Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for
certification of final acceptance and final payment, complete the
following. List known exceptions in the request.
Submit final payment request with final releases and supporting
documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include
certificates of insurance for products and completed operations where
required.
Submit waiver of liens.
Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional
changes to the Contract Sum.
Submit a certified copy of the Architect's final inspection list of
items to be completed or corrected, stating that each item has been
completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance, and the list has been _
endorsed and dated by the Architect.
Submit consent of surety to final payment.
Reinspection Procedure: The Architect will reinspect the Work upon
receipt of notice that the Work, including inspection list items from
earlier inspections, has been completed, except items whose completion has been delayed because of circumstances acceptable to the Architect.
Upon completion of reinspection, Architect will either prepare
certificate of final acceptance, or advise the Contractor of Work that is
incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are
required for final acceptance.
If necessary, reinspection will be repeated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
WARRANTIES
This Article specifies general administrative and procedural requirements
for warranties and bonds required by the Contract Documents, including
manufacturers' standard warranties on products and special warranties.
Refer to the General Conditions for terms of the Contractor's special
warranty of workmanship and materials.
898-96C
PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 2
PROJECT CLOSEOUT, CONT
l
Specific requirements for warranties for the Work and products and
r installations that are specified to be warranted are included in the
individual Sections of Divisions-2 through -16.
Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations
on product warranties do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on
the Work that incorporates the products, nor does it relieve suppliers,
manufacturers, and subcontractors required to countersign special
warranties with the Contractor.
Related Damages and Losses: When correcting warranted Work that has
failed, remove and replace other Work that has been damaged as a result
of such failure or that must be removed and replaced to provide access
for correction of warranted Work. After warranty Work is completed,
reinstate warranty equal to the original with equitable adjustment for
depreciation.
Replacement Cost-: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has
failed, replace or rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition complying
with requirements of Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible
for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective Work regardless of
whether the Owner has benefitted from use of the Work through a portion
of its anticipated useful service life.
Rejection .of Warranties: The Owner reserves the right to reject
warranties and to limit selections to products with warranties not in
conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents.
The Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept Work for the Project
where a special warranty., certification, or similar commitment is
required on such Work or part of the Work, until evidence is presented
that entities required to countersign such commitments are willing to do
SO.
Submit written warranties to the Architect prior to the date certified
for Substantial Completion.
When a designated portion of the Work is completed and occupied or
used by the Owner by separate agreement with the Contractor during the
construction period, submit properly executed warranties to the
Architect within 15 days of completion of that designated portion of
the Work.
r
�. When a special warranty is .required to be executed by the Contractor, or
the Contractor and a subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer, prepare a
�- written document that contains appropriate terms and identification,
r ready for execution by the required parties. Submit a draft to the Owner
through the Architect for approval prior to final execution.
Form of Submittal: At Final Completion compile two copies of each
required and previously reviewed warranty and bond properly executed by
the Contractor, or by the Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, or
manufacturer. Organize the warranty documents into an orderly sequence
based on the table of contents of the Project Manual.
r Warranties may include, but are not limited to, the following:
Contractor's General Warranty
898-96C
PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 3
Flush Wood Doors:
Section
08211
- Flush Wood Doors
Carpeting:
Section
09680
- Carpeting
Mirrors:
Section
08800
- Mirror Units
General cleaning during, construction is required by the General
Conditions and included in Section "Temporary Facilities".
Caning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final
cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to the condition expected in a
normal, commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply
with manufacturer's instructions.
Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection
for certification of Substantial Completion.
Remove labels that are not permanent labels.
Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and
windows. Remove glazing compound and other substances that are
noticeable vision -obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken
glass and other damaged transparent materials.
Clean exposed exterior and interior hard -surfaced finishes to a
dust -free condition, free of stains, films and similar foreign
substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original reflective
condition. Leave concrete floors clean with final seal coat. Vacuum
carpeted surfaces.
Clean the site, including landscape development areas, of rubbish,
litter and other foreign substances. Sweep paved areas broom clean;
remove stains, spills and other foreign deposits. Rake grounds that
are neither paved nor planted, to a smooth even -textured surface.
Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities
installed for protection of the Work during construction.
Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction
and safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not
bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property. Do not
discharge volatile, harmful or dangerous materials into drainage systems.
Remove waste materials form the site and dispose of in a lawful manner.
Where extra materials of value remaining after completion of associated
Work have become the Owner's property, arrange for disposition of these
materials as directed.
898-96C
PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700 -.4
spcTTON 02070 - SEr,FCTIVE DEMOLITION
4 PART 1 - GENERAT.
tI RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to
work of this section.
Extent of selective demolition work is indicated on drawings. See
Division 1 for sequencing of demolition.
This Sec ion includes the following:
Removal of building ceilings and ductwork as indicated on the
drawings.
Portions of building structure indicated on drawings and as required
to accommodate new construction.
Removal of interior partitions as indicated on drawings.
Removal of doors and frames indicated "remove" or "remove and
relocate".
Removal of existing floor or wall finishes indicated.
Removal of concrete walls at new openings as indicated.
Removal of lighting fixtures at existing and demolition ceiling areas
as noted on the drawings.
Demolition and removal of selected site elements.
Patching and repairs.
Related sections: The following Sections contain requirements that
relate to this Section:
Division 1 Section "Summary of Work" for use of the building and
phasing requirements.
Division 9 S.c-ion "Cutting and Patching" for cutting and patching
procedures for selective demolition operations.
�.., Division 1 Section "T mporary Facilities" for temporary utilities,
temporary construction and support facilities, temporary security and
protection facilities, and environmental protection measures for
selective demolition operations.
Division 2 Section "Site 1 aring" for site clearing and removing
above- and below-grade.improvements.
! Division 2 Section ".a hwork" for soil materials, excavating,
backfilling, and site grading.
I
r
D .FTNTTTONS
898-96C
SELECTIVE DFMnLTTION 02070- 1
Remove: Remove and legally dispose of items except those indicated to be
reinstalled, salvaged, or to remain the Owner's property.
Remove and Salvagg: Items indicated to be removed and salvaged remain
the Owner's property. Remove, clean, and pack or crate items to protect
against damage. Identify contents of containers and deliver to Owner's
designated storage area.
Remove and Reinstall: Remove items indicated clean, service, and
otherwise prepare them for reuse; store and protect against damage.
Reinstall items in the same locations or in locations indicated.
Existing to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against
damage and soiling during selective demolition and then cleaned and
reinstalled in their original locations.
Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged,
reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain the Owner's property,
demolished materials shall become the Contractor's property and shall be
removed from the site with further disposition at the Contractor's
option.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Occupancy: Owner will be continuously occupying areas of the building
immediately adjacent to areas of selective demolition area. Conduct
selective demolition work in manner that will minimize need for
disruption of Owner's normal operations. Provide minimum of 72 hours
advance notice to Owner of demolition activities which will severely
affect Owner's normal operations.
Condition of Structures: Owner assumes no responsibility for actual
condition of items or structures to be demolished.
Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be --
maintained by Owner insofar as practicable. However, variations
within structure may occur by Owner's removal and salvage operations
prior to start of selective demolition work. _
Partial Demolition and Removal: Items indicated to be removed but of
salvable value to Contractor may be removed from structure as work
progresses. Transport salvaged items from site as they are removed.
Storage or sale of removed items on site will not be permitted.
Asbestos,: It is not expected that asbestos will be encountered in the
Work. If any materials suspected of containing asbestos or encountered,
do not disturb the materials. Immediately notify the Architect and the
Owner.
SCHEDULING
Arrange selective demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owner's
on -site operations.
PART 2. - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable).
REPAIR MATERIALS
898-96C
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070- 2
,S,FT.FC:TTV . n .MO ,TTTON, CONT
iae repair materials identical to existing materials.
Where identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used for
exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent
surfaces to the fullest extent possible.
Use materials whose installed performance equals or surpasses that of
existing materials.
Vey that utilities have been disconnected and capped.
Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to
determine extent of selective demolition required.
When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that
poll conflict with the intended function or design are encountered,
j investigate and measure the nature and extent of the conflict. Promptly
submit a written report to the Architect.
Survey the condition of the building to determine whether removing any
element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of
any portion of the structure or adjacent structures during selective
demolition.
Maintain existing utilities or lines indicated to remain, keep in
service, and protect against damage during demolition operations.
Do not interrupt existing utilities or lines serving occupied or used
facilities, except when authorized by the Owner. Provide temporary
services during interruptions to existing utilities.
Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner if shutdown of
service is required during changeover.
Utility R au2rements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off
indicated utility services serving building to be selectively demolished.
Cut off nine or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap,
valve, or plug and seal the remaining portion of pipe or conduit after
bypassing.
Provide intprior and exterinrshoring, bracing, or support to prevent
movement, settlement or collapse of structures to be demolished and
adjacent facilities to remain.
Damages: Promptly repair damages caused to adjacent facilities by
demolition work at no cost to Owner.
Cease operations and notify the Owner's Representative immediately if
rsafety of structure appears to be endangered. Take precautions to
support structure until determination is made for continuing
operations.
f
898-96C
SFTYCTTVF DRMOT�TTTON n207n- 3
Cover and protect furniture, equipment and fixtures to remain from
soiling or damage when demolition work is performed in rooms or areas
from which such items have not been removed:
Erect and maintain dust-groof partitions and closures as required to
prevent spread of dust or fumes to occupied portion.of the building.
Traffic: Conduct selective demolition operations and debris removal in
a manner to ensure minimum interference with Owner's activities, roads,
streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities.
Do not close, block or otherwise obstruct streets, walks or other
occupied or used facilities without written permission from
authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around
closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by governing
regulations.
Conduct demolition operations to prevent injury to people and damage to
adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. Ensure safe passage of
people around selective demolition area.
Protections Provide temporary barricades and other forms of protection
as required to protect Owner's personnel, guests, and general public from
injury due to selective demolition work.
Provide protective measures as required to provide free and safe
passage of Owner's personnel and general public to and from occupied
portions of building.
Erect temporary protection, such as walks, fences, railing, canopies,
and covered passageways, where required by authorities having
jurisdiction.
Protect existing site improvements, appurtenances, and landscaping to
remain.
Protect from damage, walls, ceilings, and other existing finish work
that are to remain in place and becomes exposed during selective
demolition operations.
Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to limit
dust and dirt migration and to separate areas from fumes and noise.
Equip partitions with dustproof doors and security locks if required.
Maintain corridors as an exit.
Provide weatherproof closures for exterior openings resulting from
demolition work.
Provide temporary weather protection during interval between
demolition and removal of existing construction on exterior surfaces,
to insure that no water leakage or damage occur to structure or
.interior area of existing building.
Where selective demolition occurs immediately adjacent to occupied
portions of the building, construct dust -proof partitions of not less
than nominal 4" (100 mm) studs, 5/8" (16 mm) gypsum wallboard with
joints taped on occupied side, and'1/2" (13 mm) fire -retardant plywood
on the demolition side or on both sides with joints staggered. See
drawing for alternate methods.
898-96C
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070- 4
SFT,F.CTTV . D_F.MOLTTTON, CONT
�f Seal joints and perimeter. Equip partitions with dustproof doors and
security locks.
rProtect equipment and related piping and conduits.
Provide and maintain__ exterior shoring, bracing, or support to prevent
! movement, settlement, or collapse of structure or element to be
! demolished, and adjacent facilities or work to remain.
Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of
selective demolition.
Remove protections at completion of work.
Environmental Controls: Use water mist or sprinkling, temporary
i.F enclosures, and other suitable methods to limit dust and dirt rising and
scattering in air to lowest practical level. Comply with governing
environmental protection regulations pertaining to environmental
protection.
Do not use water when it may damage existing construction or create
hazardous or objectionable conditions such as ice, flooding, and
pollution.
Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on
adjacent surfaces and areas.
Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris
caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to
condition existing before start of selective demolition.
RPT,ECTTVE D .MO ,T TON
Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by
new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete Work
within limitations of governing regulations and as follows:
Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower
level. Complete selective demolition work above each floor or tier
before disturbing supporting members on lower levels.
Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions
required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to
remain or adjoining construction. To minimize disturbance of adjacent
surfaces, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or
grinding, not hammering and chopping. Temporarily cover openings to
remain.
Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces
to avoid marring existing finished surfaces.
For slabs on grade, use removal methods that will not crack or
6
structurally disturb adjacent slabs or partitions. Use power saw
where possible.
Completely fill below -grade areas and voids resulting from demolition
work. Provide fill consisting of approved earth, gravel or sand, free
of trash and debris, stones over 6" diameter, roots or other organic
898-96C
SFT,FCTTVF DPMOLITTON 02070- 5
matter.
pp,molish concrete and masonry in small sections. Cut concrete and
masonry at junctures with construction to remain using power -driven
masonry saw or hand tools; do not use power -driven impact tools.
Break up and remove concrete slabs on grade, unless otherwise shown to
remain.
Remove resilient floor covering, and adhesive according to
recommendations of the Resilient Floor Covering Institute's (RFCI)
"Recommended Work Practices for the Removal of Resilient Floor Coverings"
and Addendum.
Remove carpet floors where indicated and scrape or grind existing
surfaces to provide a smooth structurally sound surface acceptable to
installer for application of new scheduled floor finishes.
Remove residual adhesive and prepare substrate for new floor coverings
by one of the methods recommended by RFCI.
Tf unanticipated mechanical, electrical or structural elements which
conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate _
and measure both nature and extent of the conflict. Submit report to
Owner's Representative in written, accurate detail. Pending receipt of
directive from Owner's Representative, rearrange selective demolition
schedule as necessary to continue overall job progress without delay.
PATCHING AND REPAIRS
Promptly patch and repair holes and damaged surfaces caused to adjacent
construction by selective demolition operations.
Patching is specified in Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching."
Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce
surfaces suitable for new materials.
Completely fill holes and depressions in existing masonry walls to
remain with an approved masonry patching material, applied according
to manufacturer's printed recommendations.
Restore expos d finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration
into adjoining construction to remain in a manner that eliminates
evidence of patching and refinishing.
Patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space where
demolished walls or partitions extend one finished area into another.
Provide a flush and even surface of uniform color and appearance.
Closely match texture and finish of existing adjacent surface.
Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply
with specified tolerances.
Where patching smooth painted surfaces, extend final paint coat over
entire unbroken surface containing the patch after the surface has
received primer and second coat.
Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new
898-96C
SFT,FCTTVF 'DEMOLITION 02070 6
iSF.T,F.CTTV_F. DEMOLITION, CONT
materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance.
Patch, repair, or rehana existing ceilings as necessary to provide an
even -plane surface of uniform appearance as noted on the drawings.
nTSPO AT, OF D .MO .T. H .D MATERIALS
General: Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow
demolished materials to accumulate on -site.
Remove debris, rubbish and other materials resulting from demolition
operations from building site. Transport and legally dispose of
materials off site.
If hazardous materials are encountered during demolition operations,
comply with applicable regulations, laws, and ordinances concerning
removal, handling and protection against exposure or environmental
pollution.
Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.
Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and
legally dispose of them.
CLEAN-UP AND REPAIR
Sweep the building broom clean on completion of selective demolition
operation.
Change fi_1_tprs on air -handling equipment on completion of selective
demolition operations.
Upon completion of demolition work, remove tools, equipment and
demolished materials from site. Remove protections and leave interior
areas broom clean.
Repair demolition performed in excess of that required. Return
structures and surfaces to remain to condition existing prior to
commencement of selective demolition work. Repair adjacent construction
,.� or surfaces soiled or damaged by selective demolition work.
� 7,
F
I; 898-96C
SFT•Fr,TT1TV nPMMTTTnN
0?070- 7
r
SiT. CLEARiNG. CONT
SECTION 02110 - SITE CLEARING
PAR 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to
work specified in this section.
SUMMARY:
This section includes the following:
Protection of existing shrubs.
Removal of shrubs and other vegetation
Topsoil stripping.
Clearing and grubbing.
Sidewalk removal as shown and required.
Removing above grade improvements.
Removing of below grade improvements.
Protection of underground improvements.
to be by Owner's contractor.
raffic: Conduct site clearing operations to ensure minimum interference
with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used
facilities. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks or other occupied or
used facilities without permission from authorities having jurisdiction.
Prntention of Existing_TTmprovements Provide protections necessary to
prevent damage to existing improvements indicated to remain in place.
Restore damaged imp ov.m.n G to their original condition, as acceptable
to property owners.
Verify location of existina irrigation lines and electrical power lines.
Protect and maintain lines as shown.
Protection of Existing Trees and Vegetation: Protect existing trees and
other vegetation indicated to remain in place, against unnecessary
cutting, breaking or skinning of roots, skinning or bruising of bark,
smothering of trees by stockpiling construction material or excavated
C materials within drip line, excess foot or vehicular traffic, or parking
of vehicles within drip line. If necessary, provide temporary guards to
protect trees and vegetation to be left standing.
Provide protection for root over 1-1/2 inch diameter that are cut
` during construction operations. Coat cut faces with an emulsified
asphalt, or other acceptable coating, formulated for use on damaged
plant tissues. Temporarily' cover exposed roots with wet burlap to
prevent roots from drying out; cover with earth as soon as possible.
r Repair or replace trees and ves ..a i on indicated to remain are damaged
by construction operations, in a manner acceptable to Architect.
Employ a licensed arborist to repair damages to trees and shrubs.
Replace trees which cannot be repaired and restored to full- growth
status, as determined by arborist.
r 898-96C
! SITE CLEARING 02110 - 1
SITE CLEARING, CONT
Not applicable to this section.
General: Remove improvements, or obstructions interfering with
installation of new construction. Remove such items elsewhere on site or
premises as specifically indicated. "Removal" includes digging out and
off -site disposing of stumps and roots.
Cut minor roots and branches of trees indicated to remain in a clean
and careful manner, where such roots and branches obstruct
installation of new construction.
Topsoil: Topsoil is defined as friable clay loam surface soil found in
a depth of not less that 4-inches. Satisfactory topsoil is reasonable
free of subsoil, clay lumps, stones, and other objects over 2"in
diameter, and without weeds, roots, and other objectionable material.
Topsoil containing nutgrass or other objectional growth shall be
removed and replaced by the contractor at his own expense.
Dispose of unsuitable or excess topsoil same as waste material, herein
specif ied.
Removal of Improvements: Remove above -grade and below -grade improvements
as necessary to permit construction, and other work as indicated.
Abandonment or removal of certain underground pipe or conduits may be
shown on the drawings, and is included under work of those sections.
Removal of abandoned underground piping or conduit interfering with
construction is included under this section.
DO d IS WAE
Burning is not permitted on Owner's property.
Remove waste materials and unsuitable and excess topsoil from Owner's
property and dispose of off site.
898-96C
SITE CLEARING 02110 - 2
SECTTON 2160 - EXCAVATION SUPPORT SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
I' Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to
this Section.
This Section includes, but is not limited to, the following:
Shoring and bracing necessary to protect existing building, streets,
walkways, utilities, and other improvements and excavation against
loss of ground or caving embankments.
Maintenance of shoring and bracing.
Removal of shoring and bracing, as required.
Types of shoring and bracing systems include, but are not limited to, the
following:
Steel sheet piles.
Building excavation is specified in another Division 2 Section.
Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer legally authorized to
practice in jurisdiction where Project is located, and experienced in
providing successful engineering services for excavation support systems
similar in extent required for this Project.
Regulations: Comply with codes and ordinances of governing authorities
having jurisdiction.
'
l
JOB CONDITIONS
Before starting
work, verify governing
dimensions and elevations. Verify
L
condition of
adjoining properties.
Take photographs to record any
existing settlement or cracking of
structures, pavements, and other
improvements.
Prepare a list of
such damages, verified by dated
photographs,
and signed by Contractor and others conducting
investigation.
Survey adjacent structures and improvements, employing qualified
professional engineer, establishing exact elevations at fixed points to
act as benchmarks. Clearly identify benchmarks and record existing
elevations.
During excavation, resurvey benchmarks weekly, maintaining accurate log
of surveyed elevations for comparison with original elevations. Promptly
notify Architect if changes in elevations occur or if cracks, sags, or
other damage is evident.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
898-96C
EXCAVATION SUPPORT SYSTEMS 02160 - 1
General: Provide adequate shoring and bracing materials which will
support loads imposed. Materials need not be new, but should be in
serviceable condition.
Structural Steel: ASTM A 36.
Steel Sheet Piles: ASTM A 328.
Wherever shoring is required, locate the system to clear permanent
construction and to permit forming and finishing of concrete surfaces.
Provide shoring system adequately anchored and braced to resist earth and
hydrostatic pressures. --
Shoring systems retaining earth on which thesupportor stability of
existing structures is dependent must be left in place at completion of
work.
Locate bracing to clear columns, floor framing construction, and other
permanent work. If necessary to move a brace, install new bracing prior
to removal or original brace.
Do not place bracing where it will be cast into or included in permanent
concrete work, except as otherwise acceptable to Architect.
Install internal bracing, if required, to prevent spreading or distortion
of braced frames.
Maintain bracing until structural elements are supported by other bracing
or until permanent construction is able to withstand lateral earth and
hydrostatic pressures.
Remove sheeting, shoring, and bracing in stages to avoid disturbance to
underlying soils and damage to structures, pavements, facilities, and
utilities.
Repair or replace, as acceptable to Architect, adjacent work damaged or
displaced through installation or removal of shoring and bracing work.
898-96C
EXCAVATION SUPPORT SYSTEMS 02160 - 2
I
PM
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to
this Section.
This section includes the following:
Excavating and backfilling for buildings and structures.
Ex ava ing and backfilling for underground mechanical and electrical
utilities and appurtenances.
Excavation of basement and backfill around perimeter.
Excavating and Backf i 11 i_ng for Mechani cal /Electrical Work: Provisions of
this section shall apply to Divisions 15 and 16 sections for excavation
and backfill required in conjunction with underground mechanical and
electrical utilities and buried mechanical and electrical appurtenances.
Comply with all requirements of Environmental Protection Agency 'Storm
Water Prevention Protection'..
Rplated sections: The following Sections contain requirements that
relate to this Section:
Division 2 Section "Site earing" for site stripping, grubbing,
topsoil removal, and tree protection.
Division 3 Section "Cast-Tn-Place Concrete" for concrete encasings,
cradles, and appurtenances for utility systems.
DEFINITIONS
Excavation consists of the removal of material encountered'to subgrade
elevations and the reuse or disposal of materials removed.
.ubgr_ade: The uppermost surface of an excavation or the top surface of
a fill or backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil
materials.
Borrow: Soil material obtained off -site when sufficient approved soil
material is not available from excavations.
Unauthorized excavation consists of removing materials beyond indicated
subgrade elevations or dimensions without direction by the Architect.
Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by the
Architect, shall be at the Contractor's expense.
Struasps: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs,
tanks, curbs, mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made
stationary features constructed above or below ground surface.
lit i l i t i eS include on -site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables,
as well as underground services within building lines.
898-96C
JI EARTHWORK 02200 - 1
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Codes and Standards: Perform earthwork complying with requirements of
authorities having jurisdiction.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Existing Utilities: Locate existing underground utilities in areas of
excavation work. If utilities are indicated to remain in place, provide
adequate means of support and protection during earthwork operations.
Should uncharted, or incorrectly charted, piping or other utilities be
encountered during excavation, consult owner immediately for
directions. Cooperate with Owner in keeping respective services and
facilities in operation. Repair damaged utilities to satisfaction of
utility owner. ,
General: Provide approved borrow soil materials from off -site when
sufficient approved soil materials are not available from excavations.
Satisfactory Soil Material-, for building fill: ASTM D 2487 soil
classification groups GW, GP, CAI, SW, SP, and SM; free of rock or gravel
larger than 2 inches in,any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials,
vegetation and other deleterious matter.
Unsatisfactory Soil Mattzr ' ag for building fill.: ASTM D 2487 soil
classification groups GC, SC, ML, MH, CL, CH, OL, OH, and PT.
Ba k ill and Fill Materials: Satisfactory soil materials free of clay,
rock or gravel larger than 2 inches in any dimension, debris, waste,
frozen materials, vegetation and other deleterious matter with plasticity
index not to exceed 12.
ProPrntprt structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities
from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout,
and other hazards created by earthwork operations.
Protection of Persons and Property: Barricade open excavations occurring
as part of this work and post with warning lights.
Operate warning lights as recommended by authorities having
jurisdiction.
Provide erosion control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of
soils and discharge of soil -bearing water runoff or airborne dust to
adjacent properties and walkways.
Tree protection is specified in the Division 2 Section "Site Clearing."
898-96C
EARTHWORK 02200 - 2
r„ EARTHWORK, CONT
DEWATERING
Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from entering
excavations, from ponding on prepared subgrades, and from flooding
Project site and surrounding area.
Do not allow water to accumulate or stand in excavations. Remove
water to prevent softening of foundation bottoms, undercutting
footings, and soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades and
foundations. Provide and maintain pumps, well points, sumps, suction
and discharge lines, and other dewatering system components necessary
to convey water away from excavations.
Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions
outside excavation limits to convey rain water and water removed from
a excavations to collecting or runoff areas. Do not use trench
excavations as temporary drainage ditches.
Explosives: Do not use explosives.
STABILITY OF EXCAVATIONS
General: Comply with local codes, ordinances, and requirements of
1 agencies having jurisdiction.
Slope sides of excavations to maintain stable excavations. Shore and
brace where sloping is not possible because of space restrictions or
stability of material excavated. Maintain side supports and slopes of
excavations in safe condition until completion of backfilling.
Do not excavate closer than 4 feet to grade level footings.
Excavate to indicated elevations and dimensions within a tolerance of
plus or minus 0.10 foot. Extend excavations a sufficient distance from
structures for placing and removing concrete formwork, installing
services and other construction, and for inspections.
�- Excavations for Footings and Foundations: Do not disturb bottom of
texcavation. Excavate by hand to final grade just before placing
concrete reinforcement. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to
leave solid base to receive other work.
Excavate �Surfaces under walks and pavements to indicated cross sections,
elevations, and grades.
Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings be
extending indicated bottom elevation of concrete foundation or footing to
excavation bottom, without altering required top elevation. Lean
concrete fill may be used to bring elevations to proper position when
acceptable to the Architect.
C~
898-96C
EARTHWORK 02200 - 3
gill unauthorized excavations under other construction as directed by
the Architect. -
STORAGE OF SOTL MATERTALS
Stockpile excavated materials acceptable for backfill and fill soil
materials, including acceptable borrow materials off -site.- Stockpile
soil materials without intermixing.
Backfill excavations promptly, but not before completing the following:
Acceptance of construction below finish grade including, where
applicable, ,dampproofing, waterproofing, and perimeter insulation.
Surveying locations of underground utilities for record documents.
Testing, inspecting, and approval of underground utilities.
Concrete formwork removal.
Removal of trash and debris from excavation.
Removal of temporary shoring and bracing, and sheeting.
Preparation: Remove vegetation, topsoil, debris, wet, and unsatisfactory
soil materials, obstructions, and deleterious materials from ground
surface prior to placing fills.
Place fill material in layers to required elevations for each location
listed below.
Under grassy, use satisfactory excavated or borrow soil material.
Under walks, steps and ramps, use sandy fill material.
Under building slabs, use approved compacted fill material.
Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 4 inches in
loose depth for material compacted by hand -operated tampers.
Place backfill and fill materials evenly on all sides of structures to
required elevations. Place backfill and fill uniformly along the full
length of each structure.
Percentage of Maximum Density Requirements: Compact soil to not less
than the following percentages of maximum density, in accordance with
ASTM D 1557 (cohesive soils); and not less than the following
percentages of relative density in accordance with ASTM D 2049
(cohesionless soils):
Under structures, building slabs and steps, and pavements, compact
each layer of back fill or fill material at':
898-96C
EARTHWORK 02200 - 4
r., EARTHWORK; CONT
95 percent maximum density.
100 percent relative maximum density.
Under lawn or unpavedareas, compact top 6 inches of subgrade and
�^ each layer of back fill or fill material at:
85 percent maximum density.
90 percent relative maximum density.
Under walkways, compact top 6 inches of subgrade and each layer of
backfill or fill material at:
90 percent maximum density.
95 percent relative maximum density.
General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free from irregular
surface changes. Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross
sections, lines, and elevations indicated.
Provide a smooth transition between existing adjacent grades and new
grades.
Site Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to
prevent ponding. Finish subgrades to required elevations within the
following tolerances:
Walks: Plus or minus 0.10 foot.
Testing Agency Services: Allow testing agency to inspect and test each
subgrade and each fill or backfill layer. Do not proceed until test
results for previously completed work verify compliance with
requirements.
Perform field in -place density tests according to ASTM D 1556 (sand
cone method), ASTM D 2167 (rubber balloon method), or ASTM D 2937
(drive cylinder method), as applicable.
Field in -place density tests may also be performed by the nuclear
method according to ASTM D 2922, provided that calibration curves
are periodically checked and adjusted to correlate to tests
performed using ASTM D 1556. With. each density calibration check,
check the calibration curves furnished with the moisture gages
according to ASTM D 3017.
!. When field in -place density tests are performed using nuclear
methods, make calibration checks of both density and moisture gages
at beginning of work, on each different type of material
encountered, and at intervals as directed by the Architect.
Footing Sub rq_adg: At continuous footing subgrades, perform at least
one test of each soil stratum to verify design bearing capacities.
Subsequent verification and approval of other footing subgrades may be
based on a visual comparison of each subgrade with related tested
strata when acceptable to the Architect.
�1
Foundation Wall Ea kfi l l : In each compacted backfill layer, perform
898-96C
EARTHWORK 02200 - 5
4
EARTHWORK, CONT
at least one field in -place density test for each 100 feet or less of
wall length, but no fewer than two tests along a wall face.
When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills are below
specified density, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace
soil to the depth required, recompact and retest until required density
is obtained.
898-96C
EARTHWORK 02200 - 6
SRCTTQN 03300 - rAST-TN-PLACE CONCRETE
3:f:i�ii �eiai► i�i:i:�
I
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to
work of this -section.
SUMMARY
This Section specifies cast -in place concrete, including formwork,
reinforcing, mix design, placement procedures, and finishes.
includes the following:
Foundations and footings.
Curb and Gutters as required.
Slabs on grade.
Walks.
Foundation and basement walls.
. 0 )u 6*11A&I
General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract
and Division 1 Specification Sections.
Product data for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement
and forming accessories, admixtures, patching compounds, waterstopst
-joint systems, curing compounds, dry -shake finish materials, and others
as requested by Architect.
Shop drawings reinforcement, prepared by registered Professional Engineer
for fabrication, bending, and placement of concrete reinforcement.
Comply with ACI SP-66 (88), "ACI Detailing Manual," showing bar
schedules, stirrup spacing, diagrams of bent bars, and arrangement of
concrete reinforcement. Include special reinforcement required and
openings through concrete structures.
Laboratory test reports for concrete materials and mix design test.
Materials certificates in lieu of materials laboratory test reports when
permitted by Architect. Materials certificates shall be signed by
manufacturer and Contractor, certifying that each material item complies
with or exceeds specified requirements. Provide certification from
admixture manufacturers that chloride content complies with specification
requirements.
Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of following codes,
specifications, and standards, except where more stringent requirements
are shown or specified:
ACI 301 "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings."
898-96C
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 1
ACI 318 "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete."
Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI), "Manual of Standard
Practice".
Concrete Testing Service: Engage a testing laboratory acceptable to
Architect to perform material evaluation tests and to design concrete
mixes.
Materials and installed_ work may require testing and retesting at any
time during progress of work. Tests, including retesting of rejected
materials for installed work, shall be done at Contractor's expense.
Forms for Exposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, metal, metal -framed plywood
faced, or other acceptable panel -type materials, to provide continuous,
straight, smooth, exposed surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes
to minimize number of joints and to conform to joint system shown on
drawings.
Use overlaid plywood complying with U.S. Product Standard PS-1 "A-C or
B-B High Density Overlaid Concrete Form," Class I.
Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal or other
acceptable material. Provide lumber dressed on at least 2 edges and one
side for tight fit.
Form Release Agent: Provide commercial formulation form release agent
with a maximum of 350 g/l volatile organic compounds (VOCs) that will not
bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not
impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces.
Form Ties: Factory -fabricated, adjustable -length, removable or snap -off
metal form ties, designed to prevent form deflection and to prevent
spalling concrete upon removal. Provide units which will leave no metal
closer than 1-1/2" inches to surface.
Provide ties that, when removed, will leave holes not larger than
1-inch diameter in concrete surface.
Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, deformed.
Type 1: For use as stirrups and stays
Type 2: For bent bars 3/4" or smaller
Welded Wire Fabric (WWF1: ASTM A 185, welded steel wire fabric. Use 6
x 6 - W1.4 x W1.4 mesh unless noted otherwise on the drawings.
Supports for Reinforcement: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices
for spacing,- supporting and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire
fabric in place. IUse wire -bar -type supports 'complying with CRSI
recommendations, unless otherwise acceptable.
For ,slabs -on -grade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal
898-96C
("_A^T-TN-pr,ACF C0NCP7Tr 03300 - 2
CAST -TN- ACE. CONCRRTR, CONT
runners where base material will not support chair legs.
For exposed -to -view concrete surfaces, where legs of supports are in
` contact with forms, provide supports with legs that are plastic
protected (CRSI, Class 1) or stainless steel protected (CRSI, Class
2).
Ties: All intersections or laps to be tied with 16 gage annealed
wire.
Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or ASTM D 150 (High -early strength).
Use one brand of cement throughout project.
Normal Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, and as herein specified. Provide
aggregates from a single source for exposed concrete. Aggregates to be
tested in accordance with ASTM C 136 and ASTM C 142. Use 1-1/2" aggregate
for footings, beams and walls and 1" aggregate for other portions.
For exterior exposed surfaces, do not use fine or coarse aggregates
containing spalling-causing deleterious substances.
Local aggregates not complying with ASTM C 33 but that special tests
or actual service have shown to produce concrete of adequate strength
and durability may be used when acceptable to the Architect.
Water: Potable
Admixtures, General: Provide admixtures for concrete that contain not
more than 0.1 percent chloride ions.
Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260, certified by manufacturer to be
compatible with other required admixtures.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the
following:
"Air-Tite," Cormix.
"Air -Mix" or "Perma-Air," Euclid Chemical Co.
"Darex AEA" or "Daravair," W.R. Grace.
"ME-VR" or "Micro -Air," Master Builders, Inc.
"Sealtight AEA," W.R. Meadows, Inc.
"Sika AER", Sika Corp.
Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A, and contain not more than
1% chloride ions.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the
following:
"Chemtard, "Chem -Masters Corp.
t, "PSI N," Cormix.
"Eucon WR-75," Euclid Chemical Co.
"WRDA," W.R. Grace & Co.
"Pozzolith Normal" or "Polyheed," Master Builders, Inc.
"Prokrete-N,". Prokrete Industries.
"Plastocrete 161," Sika Corp.
898-96C
rnOm._TTTT_DT.Ar7
Prohibited Admixtures: Calcium chloride thyocyanates or admixtures
containing more than 0.1 percent chloride ions are not permitted. ,
Control Joint (Key Joint) : Tongue and groove 16 gage galvanized steel
joint material to extend the full thickness of the slab. Provide dowel
knock outs as called for on drawings or knockouts at 16" o.c. if not
specifically shown.
Waterstoos : Provide flat, dumbbell -type or centerbulb-type waterstops at
construction joints and other joints as indicated. Size to suit joints.
Polyvinyl Chloride Wa rs ors: Corps of Engineers CRD-C 572.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
products of one of the following:
The Burke Co.
Greenstreak Plastic
W.R. Meadows, Inc.
Progress Unlimited.
Schlegel Corp.
Vinylex Corp.
Products Co.
One of the following, complying with ASTM C
Liquid Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: Liquid -type membrane- forming
curing compound complying with ASTM 'C 309, Type I, Class A. Moisture
loss not more that 0.055 gr./sq. cm. when applied at 200 sq. ft./gal.
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products
that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
"Horn Clear Seal," A.C. Horn, Inc.
"L&M Cure," L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc.
"Masterkure," Master Builders, Inc.
"Kure-N-Seal," Sonneborn-Rexnord.
Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either
laboratory trial batch or field experience methods as specified in ACI
301. If trial batch method used, use an independent testing facility
acceptable to Architect for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs.
The testing facility shall not be the same as used for field quality
control testing.
Submit written reports to Architect of each proposed mix for each class
of concrete at least 15 days prior to start of work. Do not begin
concrete production until mixes have been reviewed by Architect.
Design mixes to provide normal weight concrete with the following
properties, as indicated on drawings and schedules:
3000-psi 28-day compressive strength; 480 lbs. cement per cu. yd.
minimum; W/C ratio, 0.58 maximum (Non -Air -Entrained), 0.46 maximum
898-96C
(' 7% L' R'_ T TT_. D T ?IT r'n r rr r.'
rCAST-TN-PT.ACE CONCRETE, GONT
(Air entrained).
Water -Cement Ratio: Provide concrete for following conditions with
maximum water -cement (W/C) ratios as follows:
Subjected to freezing and thawing; W/C 0.50.
Slump Limits: Proportion and design mixes to result in concrete slump at
point of placement as follows:
Ramps, slabs and sloping surfaces: Not more than 3 inches.
I Reinforced foundation systems: Not less than 1 inch and not more than
3 inches.
Other concrete: Not more than 4 inches.
Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by
Contractor when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather,
test. results, or other circumstances warrant, as accepted by Architect.
Laboratory test data for revised mix design and strength results must be
submitted to and accepted by Architect before using in work.
Use water -reducing admixture or high -range water -reducing admixture
(Superplasticizer in concrete as required for placement and workability.
Use air -entraining admixture in all exterior exposed concrete, unless
otherwise indicated. Add air -entraining admixture at manufacturer's
prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of placement having total
air content. with a tolerance of plus -or -minus 1-1/2 percent within
following limits:
Concrete structures and slabs exposed to freezing and thawing, deicer
chemicals, or subjected to hydraulic pressure:
4.5 percent (moderate exposure); 6.0 percent (severe exposure) 1"
rR max. aggregate.
Use admixtures for water reduction and set control in strict compliance
with manufacturer's directions.
M
CONCRETE MTXTNG
Ready -Mix Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C 94, and as herein
specified.
r.. When air temperature is between 85 deg. F (30 deg. C) and 90 deg. F (32
deg. C), reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes,
and when air temperature is above 90 deg. F (32 deg. C), reduce mixing
and delivery time to 60 minutes.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
GENERAL
Coordinatp the installation of joint materials and vapor retarders with
i
898-96C
,-7%0M_T'.T_. TOT AOr e4I1TT0Drlr L- fit'.
CAST-TN-PLACF. CONCRETE., CONT
placement of forms and reinforcing steel.
FORMS
General: Design, erect, support, brace and maintain formwork to support
vertical and lateral, static and dynamic loads that might be applied
until concrete structure can support such loads. Construct formwork so
concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape, alignment,
elevation and position. Maintain formwork construction tolerances
complying with ACI 347 limits.
tolerances for walks and other concrete surfaces.
Construct forms to sizes, shapes, lines and dimensions shown, and to
obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, level and plumb work in
finished structures. Provide for openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways,
recesses, moldings, rustications, reglets, chamfers, blocking, screeds,
bulkheads, anchorages and inserts, and other features required in work.
Use selected materials to obtain required finishes. Solidly butt joints
and provide back-up at joints to prevent leakage of cement paste.
Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against
concrete surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where
stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for
inclined surfaces where slope is too steep to place concrete with bottom
forms only. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses,
and the like, for easy removal.
Chamfer exposed corners and edges as indicated, using wood, metal, PVC or
rubber chamfer strips fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and
tight edge joints.
Form Ties: Factory -fabricated, adjustable -length, removable or snapoff
metal form ties, designed to prevent form deflection, and to prevent
spalling concrete surfaces upon removal.
Unless otherwise indicated, provide ties so portion remaining within
concrete after removal is at least 1" inside concrete. Unless
otherwise shown, provide form ties which will not leave holes larger
than 1" diameter in concrete surface.
Provisions for Other Trades Provide openings in concrete formwork to
accommodate work of other trades. Determine size and location of
openings, recesses and chases from trades providing such items.
Accurately place and securely support items built into forms.
Cleaning and Tightening: Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to
receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt or other debris just
before concrete is placed. Retighten forms and bracing after concrete
placement is required to eliminate mortar leaks and maintain proper
alignment.
General: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended
practice for "Placing Reinforcing Bars", for details and methods of
reinforcement placement and supports, and as herein specified.
Lan all snlices 20 diameters but never less than 12".
898-96C
i
CAST-TN-ACAST-TN-PLACR CONCRETE, CONT
Clean reinforcement of loose rust'and:mill scale, earth, ice, and other
materials which reduce or destroy bond with concrete.
l Accurately position, support and secure reinforcement against
r displacement. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners,
bolsters, spacers, and hangers, as approved by Architect.
Place reinforcement to obtain at least minimum coverages for concrete
r protection. Arrange, space and securely tie bars and bar supports to
hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations. Set
wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete
r surfaces.
Install welded w'r_ fabric, in all slabs and walks in as long lengths as
practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace
splices with wire. Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent
continuous laps in either direction.
ITS
Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints, as
indicated or, if not indicated, locate so as not to impair strength and
appearance of the structure, as acceptable to Architect.
Provide keyways at least 1-1/.2 inches deep -in construction joints in
walls and slabs and between walls and footings. Accepted bulkheads
designed for this purpose may be used for slabs.
Place construction joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue
reinforcement across construction joints except as otherwise indicated.
Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements.
Waterstons: Provide waterstops in construction joints as indicated.
Install waterstops to form continuous diaphragm in each joint. Make
provisions to support and protect exposed waterstops during progress of
work. Field -fabricate joints in waterstops in accordance with
manufacturer's printed instructions.
Isolation Joints in Slabs -on -Ground: Construct isolation joints in
slabs -on -ground at points of contact between slabs -on -ground and vertical
surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and
elsewhere as indicated.
Joint filler and sealant materials are specified in Division 7
Sections of these specifications.
Use 3/4" remolded, non -extruding bituminous material.
Contraction (Control Joints in Exterior Slab -on -Ground Walk,,): Provide
contraction joints to form panels or patterns as shown. If not shown
provide joints at V -0" on center maximum unless directed otherwise by
the Architect.
i. Form contraction joints by inserting premolded plastic, hardboard or
fiberboard strip, 1/8" wide x 1/4 of slab depth, into fresh concrete
until top surface of strip is flush with slab surface. Tool slab
edges round on each side of insert. After concrete has cured, remove
inserts and clean grooves of loose debris.
ty
898-96C
n7!r!T_._?'FT..^TTnr. nnT►rD?rt'^
nn? nn - I
Expansion Joints: Provide expansion joints for slabs on grade as shown.
If not shown, provide joints at 25 feet on center for all exterior slabs
on grade. Use 1/2" premoulded, nonextruding bituminous material the
thickness of the slab.
Screed Strips for slabs: Set intermediate screed strips at eight feet on
center maximum for slabs to obtain required elevations and contours in
finished slab surface. Provide and secure units sufficiently strong to
support types of screed strips by use of strike -off templates or accepted
compacting type screeds. Screeds to be continuous.
Coat contact surfaces of forms with an approved, nonresidual, low-VOC,
form -coating compound before reinforcement is placed.
Do not allow excess form -coating material to accumulate in forms or to
come into contact with in -place concrete surfaces against which fresh
concrete will be placed. Apply in compliance with manufacturer's
instructions.
Coat steel. forms with a non -staining, rust -preventative form oil or
otherwise protect against rusting. Rust -stained steel formwork is not
acceptable.
Notification: Notify Architect 24 hours before the placing of any
concrete.
Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect the complete formwork
installation, reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast -in.
Notify other crafts to permit installation of their work; cooperate with
other trades in setting such work.
General: Comply with ACI 304, "Recommended Practice for Measuring,
Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete," and as herein specified.
Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no
concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened sufficiently to
cause the formation of seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot
be placed continuously, provide construction joints as herein specified.
Deposit concrete to avoid segregation at its final location.
Placina Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal
layers not deeper than.24" and in a manner to avoid inclined construction
joints. Where placement consists of several layers, -place each layer
while preceding layer is still plastic to avoid cold joints.
Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment
supplemented by hand -spading, rodding or tamping. Use equipment and
procedures for consolidation of concrete in accordance with ACI 309.
Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and
withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations not farther
than visible effectiveness of machine. Place vibrators to rapidly
penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do
not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to
set. 'At each insertion limit duration of vibration to time necessary to
consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other
898-96C
n 7 r m .. T 7,T .. r 7•..^+ . !• /1 wT n n T7 fY1 n
i
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE,NT
embedded items without causing segregation of mix.
Placing Concrete Slabs: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a
continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until the
r- placing of a panel or section is completed.
Consolidate nonrretta during placing operations so that concrete is
thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and
into corners.
Bring slab surfaces to correct level with straightedge and strikeoff.
Use bull floats or darbies to smooth surface, free of humps or
C hollows. Do not disturb slab surfaces prior to beginning finishing
operations.
r
Maintain reinforcing in proper position during concrete placement
operations.
Cold Weather Pla_ina: Comply with provisions of ACI 306 and as follows.
Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength which
could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures.
No concrete shall be placed unless air temperature is 40 deg. F (4
deg. C) and rising.
Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do
not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen
materials.
Do not use calcium chloride, salt and other materials containing
antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators.
Hot Weather Placing: When hot weather conditions exist that would
seriously impair quality and strength of concrete, place concrete in
compliance with ACI 305 and as herein specified.
cover reinforcing steel with water -soaked burlap if it becomes too
hot, so that steel: temperature will not exceed the ambient air
temperature immediately before embedment in concrete.
Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel, and subgrade just before concrete
is placed.
Smooth Form Finish: For formed concrete surfaces exposed -to -view, or to
be covered with a coating material applied directly to concrete, or a
covering material applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing,
dampproofing, veneer plaster, painting or other similar system. This is
as -cast concrete surface obtained with selected form facing material,
arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with minimum of seams.
Repair and patch defective areas with fins or other projections
completely removed and smoothed.
Grout Cleaned Finish: Provide grout cleaned finish to scheduled concrete
surfaces which have received smoothformfinish treatment.
Combine one part portland cement to 1-1/2 parts fine sand by volume,
and a 50:50 mixture of acrylic or styrene butadiene- based bonding
i
898-96C
,I!`T_.TTt._.T)TT1-n nr'1117r• V r71
n�,�nn - a
admixture and water to consistency of thick paint. Blend standard
portland cement and white portland cement, amounts determined by trial
patches, so that final color of dry grout will match adjacent
surfaces.
Thoroughly wet concrete surfaces and apply grout to coat surfaces and
fill small holes. Remove excess grout by scraping and rubbing with
clean burlap. Keep damp by fog spray for at least 36 -hours after
rubbing.
Trowel Finish: Apply trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces to be
exposed -to -view, and slab surfaces to be covered with resilient flooring,
carpet, ceramic or quarry tile, paint or other thinfilm finish coating
system.
After floating, begin first trowel finish operation using a
power -driven trowel. Begin final troweling when surface produces a
ringing sound as trowel is moved over surface. Consolidate concrete
surface by final hand -troweling operation, free of trowel marks,
uniform in texture and appe4Lrance, and finish surfaces to tolerances
of F(F) 20 (floor flatness) and F(L) 17 (floor levelness) measured
according to ASTM E 1155. Grind smooth surface defects which would
telegraph through applied floor covering system.
Non -Slip Broom Finish: Apply non -slip broom finish -to exterior concrete
platforms, steps and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated.
Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface
by brooming with fiber -bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic
route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before
application.
Filling -In: Fill-in holes and openings left in concrete structures for
passage of work by other trades, unless otherwise shown or directed,
after work of other trade is in place. Mix, place and cure concrete as _
herein specified, to blend with in -place construction. Provide other
miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete work.
Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms
while concrete is still green and steel -troweling surfaces to a hard,
dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly
rounded.
General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and
excessive cold or hot temperatures. In hot, dry, and windy weather,
protect concrete from rapid moisture loss before and during finishing
operations with an evaporation -control material. Apply after screeding
and bull floating, but before power floating and troweling.
Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete
surface after placing and finishing. Keep continuously moist for not
less than 7 days.
898-96C
,"ROM _ -TT rr T -T+
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCR .T ., CONY
Curing Methods: Perform curing of . concrete by moist curing, by
moisture -retaining cover curing, and by combinations thereof, as herein
specified.
�•. Providp moisture gyring by following methods.
Use continuous water -fog spray.
Provide curing and sealing_ comnoun to exposed interior slabs and to
exterior walls, slabs, walks and curbs as follows:
Apply specified curing and sealing compound to concrete slabs as soon
as final finishing operations are complete (within 2 hours and after
surface water sheen has disappeared). Apply uniformly in continuous
operation by power -spray or roller in accordance with manufacturer's
directions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within 3 hours
after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair
damage during curing period.
Use membrane curing compounds that will not affect surfaces to be
covered with finish materials applied directly to concrete.
Curing FormedSurfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including
undersides of beams, supported slabs and other similar surfaces by moist
curing with forms in place for full curing period or until forms are
removed. If forms are removed, continue curing by methods specified
above, as applicable.
Curing Unformed Surfaces: Cure unformed surfaces, such as slabs, floor
topping, and other flat surfaces by application of appropriate curing
method.
SHORES AND SUPPORTS
General: Comply with ACI 347 for shoring and reshoring in multistory
construction, and as specified.
Extend shoring from ground to roof.
Remove shores and reshorp in a planned sequence to avoid damage to
partially cured concrete. Locate and provide adequate reshoring to
support work without excessive stress or deflection.
Keep reshores in place a minimum of 15 days after placing upper tier, or
longer, if required, until concrete has attained its required 28-day
strength and heavy loads due to construction operations have been
removed.
General: Formwork not supporting weight of concrete, such as sides of
beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the work, may be removed
after cumulatively curing at less than 50 degrees F (10 degrees C ) for 24
hours after placing concrete, provided concrete is sufficiently hard to
not be damaged by form removal operations, and provided curing and
r protection operations are maintained.
Formwork sup or n weight o concrete,
p�.g P ' q hsuch as beam soffits, joints,
slabs, and other structural elements, may not be removed in less than 14
898-96C
nr, nm Twr nT T nT+ r,r)V0InT1.m'. n'z?fin 1 1
days and until concrete has attained at least 75 percent of design
minimum compressive strength at 28 days. Determine potential compressive
strength of in -place concrete by testing field -cured specimens
representative of concrete location or members.
Form -facing material may be removed 4 days after placement only if shores
and other vertical supports have been arranged to permit removal of
form -facing material without loosening or disturbing shores and supports.
RE -USE OF FORMS
Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be re -used in work. Split, frayed,
delaminated or otherwise damaged form -facing material -will not be
acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new -form coating compound as
specified for new formwork.
When forms ,are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly
clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten forms to close
joints. Align and secure joint to avoid offsets. Do not use "patched"
forms for exposed concrete surfaces, except as acceptable to Architect.
Patching Defective Areas: Repair and patch defective areas with cement
mortar immediately after removal of forms, when acceptable to Architect.
Cut out honeycomb, rock pockets, voids over 1/4" in any dimension, and
holes left by tie rods and bolts, down to solid concrete but, in no
case, to a depth of less than 1 inch. Make edges of cuts
perpendicular to the concrete surface. Thoroughly clean, dampen with
water and brush -coat the area to be patched with specified bonding
agent. Place patching mortar after bonding compound has,dried.
For exposed -to -view surfaces, blend white portland cement and standard
portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match color
surrounding. Provide test areas at inconspicuous location to verify
mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact
mortar in place and strike -off slightly higher than surrounding
surface.
Repair of Formed Surfaces: Remove and replace concrete having defective
surfaces if defects cannot be repaired to satisfaction of Architect.
Surface defects, as such, include color and texture irregularities,
cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycomb, rock pockets; fins and other
projections on surface; and stains and other discolorations that cannot
be removed by cleaning. Flush out form tie holes, fill with dry -pack
mortar, or precast cement cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent.
Repair concealed formed, surfaces, where possible, that contain defects
that affect the durability of concrete. If defects cannot be repaired,
remove and replace concrete.
Repair of Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic
slabs, for smoothness and verify surface plane to tolerances specified
for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas as herein
specified. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope,
in addition to smoothness, using a template having required slope.
Repair finished unformed surfaces that contain defects which affect
898-96C
e" IN QT -. r%T._ nr T
rCAST -TN -PLACE CONCRETE, CONT
durability of concrete. Surface defects, as such, include crazing,
cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or that penetrate to reinforcement
or completely through non -reinforced sections regardless of width,
spalling, pop -outs, honeycomb, rock pockets, and other objectionable
r conditions.
Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding, after concrete
has cured at least 14 days.
Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during, or immediately after
completion of surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas
and replacing with patching compound. Finish repaired areas to blend
tI into adjacent concrete. Proprietary underlayment compounds may be
used when acceptable to Architect.
Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not
' exceeding 1 inch diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh
concrete. Remove defective areas to sound concrete with clean, square
cuts and expose reinforcing steel with at least 3/4-inch clearance all
around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete
and apply bonding compound. Mix patching concrete of same materials
to provide concrete of same type or class as original concrete.
Place, compact and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete.
Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete.
Repair isolated random cracks and single holes not over 1 inch in
diameter by dry -pack method. Groove top of cracks and cut-out holes to
sound concrete and clean of dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen
cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding compound. Mix dry -pack,
consisting of one part portland cement to 2-1/2 parts fine aggregate
passing a No. 16 mesh sieve, using only enough water as required for
r. handling and placing. Place dry -pack after bonding compound has dried.
Compact dry -pack mixture in place and finish to match adjacent concrete.
Keep patched area continuously moist for not less than 72 hours.
Repair methods not specified above may be used, subject to acceptance of
Architect.
QUALITY ONTRO . TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION
The Contractor will,.emplov a testing laboratory to perform other tests
and to submit test reports.
Sampling and testing for quality control during placement of concrete may
include the following, as directed by Architect.
A slump cone and rod shall be on the job site at all times when concrete
is being placed.
Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply
with ASTM C 94.
Slump: ASTM C 143; one test for each concrete load at point of
discharge; and one test for each set of compressive strength test
specimens.
Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air
temperature is 40 deg F (4 deg C) and below, when 80 deg F (27 deg C).
and above, and one test for each set of compressive -strength
898-96C
rT 0m . -r Wr_ T>T T nT+ rr1T.T("pL'mr,
CAST-TN-PT,ACR CnNCRFTF., MNT
specimens.
ompression Test Specimen: ASTM C 31; one set of three standard
cylinders for each compressive strength test, unless otherwise
directed. Mold and store cylinders for laboratory cured test _
specimens except when field -cure test specimens are required.
Test results will be reported in writing. to Architect, Structural
Engineer, Ready -Mix Producer, and Contractor within 24 hours after -
tests. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the
project identification name and number, date of concrete placement,
name of concrete testing service, concrete type and class, location of -
concrete batch in structure, design compressive strength at 28 days,
concrete mix proportions and materials; compressive breaking strength
and type of break for both 7-day tests and 28-day tests.
Additional Tests: The testing service will make additional tests of
in -place concrete when test, results indicated specified concrete
strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in the
structure, as directed by Architect. Testing service may conduct tests
to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM
C 42, or by other methods as directed. Contractor shall pay for such -
tests when unacceptable concrete is verified.
898-96C
-+• rr, -.r ,?... -,n n,lwrrr+nm*- n^inn ^.
17, ,SRCTTON 0550o - METAL FABRICATIONS
_PART 1 GENERAL
4i
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to
this Section.
This Section includes the following metal fabrications:
Loose steel lintels.
Shelf and relieving angles.
Extruded nosings and treads.
Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that
relate to this Section:
Division 5 Section "Ornamental Metalwork" for ornamental metal
handrails and railings fabricated from custom components.
General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of
the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.
Product data for nonslip aggregates and nonslip aggregate surface
finishes, prefabricated building columns, cast nosings, treads and
thresholds, steel floor plate, paint products, and grout.
.Shop drawings detailing fabrication and erection of each metal
fabrication indicated. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details
of metal fabrications and their, connections. Show anchorage and
accessory items. Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for
installation under other Sections.
Samples representative of materials and finished products as may be
requested by Architect.
Welder certificates signed by Contractor certifying that welders comply
with requirements specified under the "Quality Assurance" Article.
Qualification data for. firms and persons specified in the "Quality
Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience.
Include a list of completed. projects with project name, addresses, names
of architects and owners, and other information specified.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Fabricator Qualifications: Firm experienced in producing metal
fabrications similar to those indicated for this Project with a record of
successful in-service performance, and with sufficient production
capacity to produce required units without delaying the Work.
898-96C
�r:+m1T r+rn'n�nTr-iTnTiC n�C
nn _ �
Welding Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of AWS D1.1
"Structural Welding Code - Steel," AWS D1.2 "Structural Welding Code -
Aluminum,", and AWS D1.3 Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel."
Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passes AWS qualification
tests for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone
recertification.
Field Measurements: Check actual locations of walls and other
construction to which metal fabrications must fit by accurate field
measurements before fabrication. Show recorded measurements on final
shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction
progress to avoid delaying the Work.
Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work,
guarantee dimensions and proceed with fabricating products without
field measurements. Coordinate construction to ensure that actual
dimensions correspond to guaranteed dimensions. Allow for trimming
and fitting.
Metal Surfaces, General: For metal fabrications exposed to view in the
completed Work, provide materials selected for their surface flatness,
smoothness, and freedom from surface blemishes. Do not use materials
with exposed pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or
roughness.
Steel Tubing: Product type (manufacturing method) and as follows:
Cold -Formed Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500.
S_ePlPipe: ASTM A 53, standard weight (schedule 40), unless otherwise
indicated, or another weight required by structural loads.
Black finish, unless otherwise indicated.
Cast -in Place Anchors in Concrete: Anchors of type indicated below,
fabricated from corrosion -resistant materials capable of sustaining,
without failure, the load imposed within a safety factor of 4, as
determined by testing per ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified
independent testing agency.
Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47
(ASTM A 47M) malleable iron or ASTM A 271A 27M cast steel. Provide
bolts, washers, and shims as required, hot -dip galvanized per ASTM A
153.
Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Fast -curing, lead- and chromate -free,
universal modified -alkyd primer complying with performance requirements
of FS TT-P-664, selected for good resistance to normal atmospheric
corrosion, compatibility with finish paint systems indicated, and
898-96C
METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 2
capability to provide a sound foundation for field -applied topcoats
despite prolonged exposure.
FASTENERS
General: Provide plated fasteners complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn
25 for electrodeposited zinc coating, for exterior use or where built
into exterior walls. Select fasteners for the type, grade, and class
required.
Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon -head bolts, ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F
568, Property Class 4.6), with hex nuts, ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M), and,
where indicated, flat washers.
Machine Screws: ANSI B18.6.3.
Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated
below with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6
times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and equal to 4
times the load imposed when installed in concrete as determined by
testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing
agency.
Material: Carbon steel components zinc -plated to comply with ASTM B
633, Class Fe/Zn 5.
Nonshrink,, Nonmetallic Grob: Factory -packaged, nonstaining,
noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout
specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior
applications.
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products
that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the
following:
B-6 Construction Grout; W.R. Bonsal Co.
Diamond -Crete Grout: Concrete Service Materials Co..
Supreme Plus; Cormix Construction Chemicals.
Sure -grip High Performance Grout; Dayton Superior Corp.
Euco N-S Grout; Euclid Chemical Co.
Five Star Grout; Five Star Products.
Vibropruf #11; Lambert Corp.
Crystex; L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc.
Masterflow 928 and 713; Master Builders Technologies, Inc.
Sealtight 588 Grout; W.R. Meadows, Inc.
Sonogrout 14; Sonneborn Building Products-ChemRex, Inc.
Kemset; The Spray -Cure Company.
r,. FABRICATION, GENERAL
Form metal fahrie-Atinns from materials of size, thickness, and shapes
898-96C
METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 3
indicated but not less than that needed to comply with performance
requirements indicated. Work to dimensions indicated or accepted on shop
drawings, using proven details of fabrication and support. Use type of
materials indicated or specified for various components of each metal
fabrication.
Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and
surfaces and straight sharp edges.
Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs.
Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch (1 mm), unless
otherwise indicated. Form bent -metal corners to smallest radius possible
without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work.
Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed traffic surfaces.
Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following:
Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop
strength and corrosion resistance of base metals.
Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
Remove welding flux immediately.
At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and
blended so that no roughness shows after finishing, and contour of
welded surface matches those adjacent.
Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting
structure. Fabricate and space anchoring devices to secure metal
fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads.
Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to
minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as
necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that
maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for
reassembly and coordinated installation.
Cut, reinforce,drill, and tag metal fabrications as indicated to receive
finish hardware, screws, and similar items.
Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude
water, or provide weep holes where water may accumulate.
LOOSE STEEL LINTELS
Fabricate loose rig ura1 steel lintels, from steel angles and shapes of
size indicated for openings and recesses in masonry walls and partitions
at locations indicated.
Weld adjoining members together to form a single unit where indicated.
SHELF AND REhTEVTNG ANGLES
Fabricate shelf f and rplieyinq angles from steel angles of sizes indicated
and for attachment to concrete framing. Provide slotted holes to receive
898-96C
METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 4
4, METAL ABR T CAT ONS , CONT
1/2 inch bolts, spaced not more than 6 inches from ends and notmorethan
16 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated.
i
Galvanize shelf angles to be installed on exterior concrete framing.
Furnish wedge -type concrete inserts, complete with fasteners, to attach
shelf angles to cast -in -place concrete.
Fabricate unitr, of material, sizes, and configurations indicated.
•• Provide extruded aluminum units with abrasive filler consisting of
aluminum -oxide or silicon -carbide grits, or a combination of both, in an
epoxy resin binder. Furnish in lengths as required to accurately fit
each opening or conditions.
Provide ribbed units, with abrasive filler strips projecting 1/16 inch
(1.5 mm) above the aluminum extrusion.
Drawings are based on:
Wooster: Type 231
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products
by one of the following:
American Safety Tread Co., Inc.
Amstep Products.
Armstrong Products, Inc.
Balco/Metalines Inc.
Safe-T-Metal Co.
Wooster Products Inc
Provide anchors for embedding units in concrete, either integral or
applied to units, as standard with the manufacturer.
Finish metal fabrications after assembly.
Preparation for Shoe Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous metal surfaces to
comply with minimum requirements indicted below for SSPC surface
preparation specifications and environmental exposure conditions of
installed metal fabrications:
Exteriors (SSPC Zone 1H),: SSPC-SP 6 "Commercial B1ast.Cleaning."
rApply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications, except
those with galvanized finishes or to be embedded in concrete, sprayed -on
fireproofing, or masonry, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with
requirements of SSPC-PA 1 "Paint Application Specification No.1" for shop
painting.
,trip paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges.
898-96C
METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 5
_ J.
Coordinate and furnish anchorages, setting drawings, diagrams, templates,
instructions, and directions for installing anchorages, including
concrete inserts, sleeves, anchor bolts, and miscellaneous items having
integral anchors that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry
construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to Project site.
Center nosings on tread widths with,noses flush with riser faces and
tread surfaces.
set sleeves in concrete with tops flush with finish surface elevations.
Protect sleeves from water and concrete entry.
Fastening to Tn-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and
fasteners where necessary for securing miscellaneous metal fabrications
to in -place construction. Include threaded fasteners for concrete and
masonry inserts, toggle bolts, lag bolts, wood screws, and other
connectors as required.
Cutting, ng, i i ng, and Pl ac .m .nt : Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting
required for installing miscellaneous metal fabrications. Set metal
fabrication accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges
and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from
established lines and levels.
Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be
built into concrete masonry or similar construction.
Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints.
Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be
shop -welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or
abrade the surfaces of exterior units that have been hot -dip galvanized
after fabrication and are intended for bolted or screwed field
connections.
Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements:
Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop
strength and corrosion resistance of base metals.
Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. --
Remove welding flux immediately.
At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and
blended so that no roughness shows after finishing, and contour of
welded surface matches those adjacent.
Corrosion Protectim : Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will come
into contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals
with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. -
898-96C
METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 6
METAL FARRT .A TONS , CONT
TNSTA . LTN T NOSTNGS } TREADS, AND THRESHOLDS
9 Install with anchorage system, indicated to. comply with manufacturer's
l recommendations.
ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
Touch-up Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted
connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas
with same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1
requirements for touching up shop -painted surfaces.
Apply by brush or spray to provide a 2.0 mil (0.05 mm) minimum dry
film thickness.
y Touch-un Painting: Cleaning and touch-up painting of field welds, bolted
connections, and abraded areas of the shop paint on miscellaneous metal
is specified in Division 9 Section "Painting."
r 898-96C
METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 7
SECTTON 5700 - ORNAMENTAL METAL WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
�! RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to
this Section.
This section on includes the following:
Cold -formed railings, hand rails and accessories.
RelateS ions: The following sections contain requirements that
relate to this section:
Division 5 Section "Sheet Metal briications" for metal fabrications
made from sheet metal.
Structural Performance of Handrails and Railing Systems: Design,
engineer, fabricate, and install handrails and railing systems to
withstand the following structural loads without exceeding the allowable
design working stress of the materials for handrails, railing systems,
anchors, and connections. Apply each load to produce the maximum stress
in each of the respective components comprising handrails and railing
systems.
Top Rail of Giardrai l Systems: Capable of withstanding the following
loads applied as indicated:
Concentrated load of 300 lbf applied at any point nonconcurrently,
vertically downward or horizontally.
Uniform load of 100 lbf per linear ft. applied nonconcurrently,
vertically downward or horizontally.
Concentrated and uniform loads above need not be assumed to act
concurrently.
Handrails Not Serving as Top Rails: Capable of withstanding the
following loads applied as indicated:
Concentrated load of 250 lbf applied at any point nonconcurrently,
vertically downward or horizontally.
Uniform load of 75 lbf per linear foot applied noncurrently,
vertically downward or horizontally.
Concentrated and uniform loads above need not be assumed to act
concurrently.
Tnfill Area of nua drail Systems: Capable of withstanding a
r.. horizontal concentrated load of 200 lbf applied to one sq. ft. at any
point in the system including panels, intermediate rails. balusters,
or other elements composing the infill area.
i" 898-96C
ORNAMENTAL METALWORK 05700 - 1
Above load need not be assumed to act concurrently with uniform
horizontal loads on top rails of railing systems in determining
stress on guard.
Product data for each product used in ornamental metalwork, including
finishing materials and methods.
Shop drawings showing fabrication and installation of ornamental
metalwork including plans, elevations and details of components and
attachments to other units of Work. Indicate materials, profiles of each
ornamental metalwork member and fitting, joinery, finishes, fasteners,
anchorages and accessory items.
Include setting drawings, templates, and directions for installation
of anchor bolts and other anchorages to be installed as unit of Work
of other sections.
Fabricator Oualifi a ions: Firm experienced in successfully producing
ornamental metalwork similar to that indicated for this Project, with
sufficient production capacity to produce required units without causing
delay in the Work.
Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with the
following:
AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code - Steel."
Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop
drawings and fabrication, where possible, to ensure proper fitting of
ornamental metalwork. Do not delay job progress; allow for adjustments
and fitting where taking of field measurements before fabrication might
delay Work.
General: Provide ornamental metalwork composed of metals of the forms
and types which comply with requirements of referenced standards and
which are free from surface blemishes where exposed to view in the
finished unit, Exposed -to -view surfaces exhibiting pitting, seam marks,
roller marks, "oil canning," stains, discolorations or other
imperfections on finished units are not acceptable.
Steel and Tron: Provide steel and iron in the form indicated complying
with the following requirements:
Tubing: Cold -formed, ASTM A 500; or hot -rolled, ASTM A 501.
Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36.
ASTM A 48, Class 30.
898-96C
ORNAMENTAL METALWORK 05700 - 2
ORNAMENTAL METALWORK, CONT
Malleable Tron Castings: ASTM A 47, grade as recommended by
fabricator for type of use indicated.
MTSCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
Welding .1 .. rods and Filler Metal:, Type and alloy of filler metal and
electrodes as recommended by producer of metal to be welded, complying
with applicable AWS specifications, and as required for color match,
r^ strength and compatibility in the fabricated items.
Fasteners: Of same basic metal and alloy as fastened metal, unless
otherwise indicated. Do not use metals which are corrosive or otherwise
incompatible with metals joined.
Provide concealed fasteners for interconnection of ornamental
metalwork components and for their attachment to other work, except
where otherwise indicated.
Nonshrink Nonmetallic Grout: Pre -mixed, factory -packaged, nonstaining,
noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with CE CRD C621. Provide grout
specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior
applications of type specified in this section.
Anchors and Inserts: Provide anchors of type, size, and material
required for type of loading and installation condition shown, as
recommended by manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. Use expansion
bolt devices for drilled -in -place anchors.
Primer Paint for Steel and Tron: Manufacturer's standard rust -inhibiting
primer; compatible with finish coats of paint. Coordinate selection of
metal primer with finish paint requirements specified in Division 9.
Zinc Chromate Primer: FS TT-P-645.
Form ornamental metalwork to required shapes and sizes, with true curves,
lines and angles. Provide components in sizes and profiles indicated,
but not less than required to comply with requirements indicated for
structural performance.
Provide . necessary ram, lugs and brackets for assembly of units. Use
concealed fasteners wherever possible.
Comply with AWS for recommended practices in shop welding. Provide welds
behind finished surfaces without distortion or discoloration of exposed
side. Clean exposed welded joints of all welding flux, and dress on all
exposed and contact surfaces.
Mill_ joints to a tight, hairline fit. Cope or miter corner joints.
Provide castings that are sound and free of warp or defects which impair
strength and appearance.
Finish exposed surfaces to smooth, sharp, well-defined lines and arises.
r. Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field
j; splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping
and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and
i- 898-96C
ORNAMENTAL METALWORK 05700 - 3
coordinated installation.
Nonwelded Connections: Fabricate fencing systems for interconnection of
members by means of concealed mechanical fasteners and fittings unless
otherwise indicated. Fabricate members and fittings to produce flush,
smooth, rigid, hairline joints.
Welded Connections: Fabricate handrails and railing systems of materials
indicated below for interconnections of members by welding. Use welding
method which is appropriate for metal and finish indicated and develops
strength required to comply with structural performance criteria. Finish
exposed welds and surfaces smooth, flush, and blended to match adjoining
surfaces.
Form changes in direction of railing members by bending members,
insertion of prefabricated elbow fittings, radius bends, or by mitering.
At elbow bends provide mitered joints.
Provide wall re urn-g at ends of wall -mounted handrails, unless otherwise
indicated. Close ends of returns unless clearance between end of the
railing and wall is 1/4" or less.
Brackets, Flanges. Fitting, and Anchors: Provide brackets,_ flanges,
miscellaneous fittings, and anchors for interconnection of other work.
Furnish inserts and other anchorage devices for connecting handrails
and railing systems to concrete or masonry work. Fabricate anchorage
devices which are capable of withstanding loadings imposed by railing
systems. Coordinate anchorage devices with supporting structure.
For railing posts set in Concrete provide preset sleeves of steel, not
less than 6 inch long and inside dimensions not less than 1/2 inch
greater than outside dimensions of post, with steel plate forming
bottom closure. See drawings for details.
Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes M n ua1 2 for recommendations relative to
application and designations of finishes.
Preparation for Paint Finish: Clean surfaces of dirt, grease, and loose
rust or mill scale, including items fabricated from galvanized steel, if
any, followed by a conversion coating of type suited to organic coating
applied over it.
Factory-PrimedFinish: Apply air-dried primer immediately following
cleaning and pretreatment, to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0
mils per applied coat, to surfaces which will be exposed after assembly
and installation, and to concealed, nongalvanized surfaces.
898-96C
ORNAMENTAL METALWORK 05700 - 4
ORNAMENTAL METALWORK, CONT
A
a
Coordinate and furnish anchorages and setting drawings, diagrams,
templates, instructions and directions for installation of items having
integral anchors which are to be embedded in concrete or masonry
construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to the project site.
Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing
ornamental metal items to in -place construction.
Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for installation of
ornamental metalwork. Set products accurately in location, alignment and
elevation, plumb, level and true, measured from established lines and
levels.
Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight, hairline
joints or, where indicated, with uniform revels and spaces for sealants
and joint fillers. Where cutting, welding and grinding are required for
proper shop fitting and jointing of ornamental metal items, restore
finishes to eliminate any evidence of such corrective work.
Do not cut or abrade finishes which cannot be completely restored in the
field. Return items with such finishes to the shop for required
alterations, followed by complete refinishing or provide new units as
required.
Restore protective coverings, which have been damaged during shipment or
installation of the work. Remove protective coverings only when there is
no possibility of damage from other work yet to be performed at the same
location.
Retain protective coverings intact and remove simultaneously from
similarly finished items to preclude nonuniform oxidation and
discoloration.
Field Welding: Comply with applicable AWS specification for procedures
of manual shielded metal -arc welding, for appearance and quality of welds
made, and for methods used in correcting welding work. Weld connections
which are not to be left as exposed joints, but cannot be shop welded
because of shipping size limitations. Grind exposed welded joints smooth
and restore finish to match finish of adjacent surfaces.
Adjust railing systems prior to anchoring to ensure matching alignment at
abutting joints. Space posts or brackets at interval indicated but not
less than that required by design loadings.
r Concrete -Anchored Posts in Sle yea: Insert posts in preset sleeves cast
into concrete and fill annular space between posts and sleeve solid with
nonshrink, nonmetallic grout, mixed and placed to comply with grout
manufacturer's directions.
r"
Welded Connections: Use fully welded joints for permanently connecting
railing components by welding. Cope or butt components to provide 100
�.. percent contact or use fittings designed for this purpose.
Anchor railing ends into concrete or masonry with fittings designed for
898-96C
ORNAMENTAL METALWORK 05700 - 5
ORNAMENTAL MF
this purpose.
Touch-IM Painting: Cleaning and touch-up painting of field welds, bolted
connections, and abraded areas of shop paint is specified in Division 9
of these specifications.
PROTECTION
Protect finishes of ornamental metalwork from damage during construction
period by use of temporary protective coverings approved by ornamental
metalwork fabricator. Remove protective covering at time of Substantial
Completion.
Restore finishes damaged during installation and construction period so
that no evidence remains of correction work. Return items which cannot
be refinished in the field to the shop; make required alterations and
refinish entire unit, or provide new units as required.
898-96C
ORNAMENTAL METALWORK
05700 - 6
r RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specifications, apply to work of
i-� this section.
The extent of each form and type of joint sealer is indicated on drawings
and by provisions of this section.
The applications for joint sealers as work of this section include the
following:
Sidewalk joints.
Pavement and sidewalk joints.
Wall joints (exterior).
Window and door joints.
Interior wall and ceiling joints.
Fire resistant joint sealers.
General Performance Except as otherwise indicated, joint sealers are
required to establish and maintain airtight and watertight continuous
seals on a permanent basis, within recognized limitations of wear and
aging as indicated for each application. Failures of installed sealers
to comply with this requirement will be recognized as failures of
materials and workmanship.
Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product specifications,
handling/installation/curing instructions, and performance tested data
sheets for each elastomeric product required.
Weather Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of liquid sealants
under unfavorable weather conditions. Install elastomeric sealants when
temperature is in lower third of temperature range recommended by
manufacturer for installation.
1
t
MATERIALS,
GENERAL
Compatibility:
Provide joint sealers, joint fillers and other related
materials
that are compatible with one another and with joint
substrates
under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated
by testing
and field
experience.
Colors:
Provide color of exposed joint sealers indicated
or, if not
otherwise
.indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's
898-96C
',
JOINT SEALANTS
07901 - 1
standard colors.
One -Part Nonsag Urethane Sealant: Type S; Grade NS; Class 25,_Uses NT,
M, A and, as applicable to joints substrates indicated, 0 for sealing at
exterior and interior door and window joints where "caulk" is indicated.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of
one of the following:
"Chem -Calk 900"; Bostik Construction Products Div.
"Dynatrol I"; Pecora Corp.
"Sonolastic NP 1"; Sonneborn Building Products Div., Rexnord
Chem. Prod. Inc
"Dymonic"; Tremco Inc.
Acrylic -Emulsion alan : Manufacturer's standard, .one part, nonsag,
acrylic, mildew -resistant, acrylic -emulsion sealant complying with ASTM
C 834, formulated to be paintable and recommended for exposed
applications on interior wood framing, acoustical panels and other
locations where joint movement is not more than + or - 7.5%.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the
following:
"Chem -Calk 600"; Bostik Construction Products Div.
"AC-2011; Pecora Corp.
"Sonolac"; Sonneborn Building Products Div.; Rexnord Chem.
Prod., Inc.
"Tremco Acrylic Latex Caulk"; Tremco Inc.
General: Provide manufacturer's standard sealant and accessory materials
with fire -resistance rating indicated which are identical to those of
assemblies whose fire endurance has been determined by testing per ASTM
E 814 by Underwriters Laboratory, Inc. or other testing and inspecting
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
Foamed-Tn-Placer - oppinq Sealant: Two-part, foamed -in -place,
silicone sealant formulated for use as part of a through -penetration
fire -stop system for filling openings around cables, conduit, pipes,
ducts and similar multiple penetrations through walls and floors and
attic smoke and firewalls. Use for sealing firewalls to deck.
One -Part Fire -Stopping Sealant: One part elastomeric sealant formulated
for use as part of a through -penetration fire -stop system for sealing
openings around cables, conduit, pipes and similar single penetrations
through walls and floors
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the
following:
898-96C
JOINT SEALANTS 07901 - 2
„! "Dow Corning Fire Stop Foam”; Dow Corning Corp.
"Pensil 851"; General Electric Co.
"Dow Corning Fire Stop Sealant"; Dow Corning Corp.
113M Fire Barrier Caulk CP-25"; Electrical Products Div./3M.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
Primer: Provide type recommended by joint sealer manufacturer where
required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated.
Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Provide non -staining, chemical cleaner
of type acceptable to manufacturer of sealant and sealant backing
materials which are not harmful to substrates and adjacent nonporous
materials.
A _rc �Ps_. or_y Materials for Fir _-S oppi ng a1 an _a: Provide forming,
joint -fillers, packing and other accessory materials required for
installation of fire -stopping sealants as applicable to installation
conditions indicated.
All joint sealing is to be completed prior to application of water
repellent wall sealer.
INSPECTION
r` Installer to inspect joints indicated to receive joint sealers for
compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation
tolerances and other conditions affecting joint sealer performance.
r Obtain Installer's written report listing any conditions detrimental to
performance of joint sealer work. Do not allow joint sealer work to
proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
j PREPARATTON
Surface Cleaning of Jnints: Clean out joints immediately before
r' installing joint sealers to comply with recommendations of joint sealer
manufacturers and the following requirements:
Remove all foreign material from joint substrates which could
interfere with adhesion of joint sealer, including dust; paints,
except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for
sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer; oil;
grease; waterproofing; water repellants; water; surface dirt and
frost.
Clean concrete, masonry, unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile and similar
porous joint substrate surfaces, by brushing, grinding, blast
cleaning, mechanical abrading, acid washing or a combination of these
�., methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable. of developing
optimum bond with joint sealers. Remove loose particles remaining
from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with
r 898-96C
JOINT SEALANTS 07901 - 3
oil -free compressed air.
Remove laitance and form release agents from concrete.
Clean metal, glass, porcelain enamel, glazed surfaces of ceramic tile
and other non -porous surfaces by chemical cleaners or other means
which are not harmful to substrates or leave residues capable of
interfering with adhesion of joint sealers.
:coin -Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where
recommended by joint sealer manufacturer based on tests or prior
experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealer manufacturer's
recommendations. Confine primers to areas of joint sealer bond, do not
allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces.
Masking :Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of
sealant with adjoining surfaces which otherwise would be permanently
stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to
remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without
disturbing joint seal.
TNSTAL ,ATTON OF JOINT S .ALRR
General: Comply with joint sealer manufacturers' printed installation
instructions applicable to products and applications indicated, except
where more stringent requirements apply.
Flastomeric Sealant Tnsta_ 1_lation Standard: Comply with recommendations
of ASTM C 962 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials,
applications and conditions indicated.
Latex Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with requirements of ASTM C
790 for use of latex sealants.
Installation of Sealants: Install sealants by proven techniques that
result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint
substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint
configuration and providing uniform, cross -sectional shapes and depths
relative to joint widths which allow optimum sealant movement capability.
Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and
prior to time skinning or curing begins, tool sealant to form smooth,
uniform beads to eliminate air pockets and to ensure contact and adhesion
of sealant with sides of joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces
adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents which discolor sealants or
adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer.
Tnstallation of Fire -Stopping Sealant: Install sealant, including
forming, packing and other accessory materials to fill openings around
mechanical and electrical services penetrating floors and walls to
provide fire -stops with fire resistance ratings indicated for floor or
wall assembly in which penetration occurs.
Protect joint sealers during and after curing period from contact with
contaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction
operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or
898-96C
JOINT SEALANTS 07901 - 4
damage at time of substantial completion. If, despite such protection,
damage or deterioration occurs, cut out _ and remove damaged or
deteriorated joint sealers immediately and reseal joints with new
materials to produce joint sealer installations with repaired areas
indistinguishable from original work.
Clean o f excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as work
progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by
manufacturers of joint sealers and of products in which joints occur.
898-96C
JOINT SEALANTS 07901 - 5
SECTION 08110 - STEEL _DOORS ANTI FRAMFS
PART 1 - GENERAL
r RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to
this Section.
This Section includes steel doors and frames.
Doors: Flush or composite construction standard steel doors for
exterior locations.
Frames: Pressed steel frames for exterior door openings of following
type:
Welded unit type at exterior doors.
Drywall Slip -On type at interior drywall construction.
Assemblies: Provide standard steel door and frame assemblies as
required for the following:
Labeled and fire rated.
Provide factory primed doors and frames to be field painted.
Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that
relate to this Section:
Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry" for building anchors into and
grouting frames in masonry construction.
Division 8 Section "Flush Wood Doors" for solid -core wood doors
installed in steel frames.
Division 8 ion "Door Hardware" for door hardware and
weatherstripping.
Division 9 Section 11(lynsum Board Assemblies" for spot grouting frames
in gypsum board partitions.
Division 9 Section "Painting" for field painting primed doors and
frames.
General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of
the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.
Product Data for -each type of door and frame specified, including details
r of construction, materials, dimensions, hardware preparation, core, label
compliance, sound ratings, profiles, and finishes.
,fin Drawings showing fabrication and installation of standard steel
doors and frames. Include details of each frame type, elevations of door
design types, conditions at openings, details of construction, location
r 898-96C
STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 1
STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES, CONT
and installation requirements of door and frame hardware and
reinforcements, and details of joints and connections. Show anchorage
and accessory items.
Door Schedule: Submit schedule of doors and frames using same reference
numbers for details and openings as those on Contract Drawings.
Provide doors and frames complying :with ANSI/SDI 100 "Recommended
Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" and as specified.
Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: Units that comply with NFPA 80, are
identical to door and frame assemblies tested for fire -test -response
characteristics per ASTM E 152, and are labeled and listed by UL, Warnock
Hersey, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction.
nplivpr doors and frames cardboard -wrapped or crated to provide
protection during transit and job storage. Provide additional protection
to prevent damage to finish of factory -finished doors and frames.
Inspect doors and frames on delivery for damage. Minor damages may be
repaired provided refinished items match new work and are acceptable to
Architect; otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed.
Drawings are based on:
Republic DM 416.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products
by one of the following:
Ceco Door Products.
Fenestra Corp.
Republic Builders Products.
Steelcraft.
Co d-Ro11 d Steel Sheets: Carbon steel complying with ASTM A 366 (ASTM
A 366M), commercial quality, or ASTM A 620 (ASTM A 620M), drawing
quality, special killed.
Galvanized Stel h $: Zinc -coated carbon steel complying with ASTM A
526 (ASTM A 526M), commercial quality, or ASTM A 642 (ASTM A 642M),
drawing quality, hot -dip galvanized according to ASTM A 525, with A 60 or
G 60 (ASTM A 525M, with Z 180 or ZF 180) coating designation, mill
phosphatized.
898-96C
STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 2
STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES, CONT
P"
Supportg and Anchors: Fabricated from not less than 0.0478-inch- (1.2
r mm) thick steel sheet; 0.0516-inch' . (1.3 mm) thick galvanized steel where
used with galvanized steel frames.
Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units. Where
items are to be built into exterior walls, hot -dip galvanize complying
k with ASTM A 153, Class C or D as applicable.
Shore Applied Paint: Apply after fabrication.
Primer: Rust -inhibitive enamel or paint, either air -drying or baking,
suitable as a base for specified finish paints complying with ANSI
A224.1, "Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted
Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames."
Steel Doors: Provide 1-3/4-inch- (44 mm) thick 16 gage doors of
materials and ANSI/SDI 100 grades and models specified below, or as
indicated on Drawings or schedules:
Provide metal doors of SDI grades and models specified below or as
indicated on drawings or schedules:
Exterior Doors and Stairwell: ANSI/SDI-100, Grade III, extra
heavy-duty, Model 4, minimum 16-gage galvanized steel faces.
Provide metal fram s for doors according to ANSI/SDI 100, and of types
and styles as shown on Drawings and schedules. Conceal fastenings,
unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate frames of minimum 16 gage_ cold-
x
rolled steel.
Fabricate frames with mitered or coped corners, continuously welded
construction for exterior applications and knocked down for field
assembly at interior applications.
r• Form exterior am.s from 16 gage 0.0635 inch (1.6- mm) thick
galvanized steel sheet.
Door Si n rs : Except on weatherstripped frames, drill stops to receive
3 silencers on strike jambs of single -door frames.
Planter Guards: Provide minimum 26 gage 0.0179 inch (0.45 mm) thick
steel plaster guards or mortar boxes at back of hardware cutouts where
mortar or other materials might obstruct hardware operation and to close
off interior of openings.
Fabricate steel door and frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance, and
free from defects, warp, or buckle. Where practical, fit and assemble
units in manufacturer's plant. Clearly identify work that cannot be
permanently factory assembled before shipment, to assure proper assemble
�^ at Project site. Comply with ANSI/SDI 100 requirements.
898-96C
STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 3
STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES, CONT
Tn ernal Construction: The following manufacturer's standard core
materials according to SDI standards:
Resin -impregnated paper honeycomb at flush doors.
Clearances: Not more than 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) at jambs and heads,
except not more than 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) between non -fire -rated pairs of
doors. Not more than 3/4 inch 19 mm) at bottom.
Fire Doors: Provide clearances according to NFPA 80.
Fabricate doors to be mortised and reinforced with full height with
minimum 11-gage steel lock edge channel welded at a maximum of 5" o.c.
Provide continuous top and bottom 16-gage steel channels welded at a
maximum of 2-1/2" o.c.
Lock edcre, shall have a continuous welded and planished seam at panel
joint.
Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117 "Manufacturing Tolerances Standard Steel
Doors and Frames."
Fabricate frames, concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels,
louvers, and moldings from either cold- or hot -rolled steel sheet.
Galvanized Steel Doors, Panels, and Frames: For the following locations,
fabricate doors, panels, and frames from galvanized steel sheet according
to SDI 112. Close top and bottom edges of doors flush as an integral
part of door construction or by addition of minimum 0.0635 inch (1.6 mm)
thick galvanized steel channels, with channel webs placed even with top
and bottom edges. Seal joints in top edges of doors against water
penetration.
At exterior locations.
Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk flat
or oval heads for exposed screws and bolts.
Hardware Preparation: Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and
concealed hardware according to final door hardware schedule and
templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable
requirements of SDI 107 and ANSI A115 Series specifications for door and
frame preparation for hardware.
Door Hinge reinforcement shall have a minimum of 3/16" total thickness.
Door panic exit device reinforcement shall be a minimum 16-gage steel.
Reinfor _ .men _ for clos ,ra shall be a minimum of 12-gage steel.
Hinge reinforcement plates shall be a minimum of 9-gage steel.
strike n orcem n shall be a minimum of 14-gage steel, extruded and
formed to an equivalent of 10-gage.
Closer reinforcement shall be a minimum of 12-gage steel.
898-96C
STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 4
r
STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES. CONT
Reinforce doors and frames to receive surface -applied hardware. Drilling
and tapping for surface -applied hardware may. be done at Project site.
Locate hardware as indicated on Shop Drawings or, if not indicated,
according to the Door and Hardware Institute's (DHI) "Recommended
Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and
Frames", published by Door and Hardware Institute.
Comply with NA AMM's "Metal Finishes Manual_" for recommendations relative
to applying and designating finishes.
Comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1," for steel
sheet finishes.
Apply primers to doors and frames after fabrication.
Shop Painting: Clean, treat, and paint exposed surfaces of steel door
and frame units, including galvanized surfaces.
C] can steel surfaces of mill scale, rust, oil, grease, dirt, and other
foreign materials before application of paint.
Apply shop coat of prime paint of even consistency to provide a
uniformly finished surface ready to receive finish paint.
Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces with nonpetroleum solvent so that
surfaces are free of oil or other contaminants. After cleaning, apply a
conversion coating of the type suited to the organic coating applied over
it. Clean welds, mechanical connections, and abraded areas, and apply
galvanizing repair paint specified below to comply with ASTM A 780.
f Factory Primine foiz Pipld-Painted Finish: Where field painting after
installation is indicated, apply air-dried primer specified below
immediately after cleaning and pretreatment.
Shop Primer: Zinc -dust, zinc -oxide primer paint complying with
performance requirements of FS TT-P-614, Type II.
Surface Preparation: Solvent -clean surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 1 to
remove dirt, oil, grease, and other contaminants that could impair paint
bond. Remove mill scale and rust, if present, from uncoated steel to
comply with SSPC-SP 5 (White Metal Blast Cleaning) or SSPC-SP 8
(Pickling).
Pretreatment: Immediately after surface preparation, apply a conversion
coating of type suited to organic coating applied over it.
Factory Priming for Field -Painted Finish: Apply shop primer that
complies with ANSI A224.1 acceptance criteria, is compatible with finish
paint systems indicated, and has capability to provide a sound foundation
for field -applied topcoats. Apply primer immediately after surface
898-96C
[I STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 5
STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES, CONT
preparation and pretreatment.,.
INSPECTION
Tnstaller must examine substrate and conditions under which steel doors
and frames are to be installed and must notify Contractor in writing of
any conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. Do
not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected
in manner acceptable to Installer.
General: Install steel doors, frames, and accessories according to Shop
Drawings, manufacturer's data, and as specified.
Placing Frames: Comply with provisions of SDI 105, unless otherwise
indicated. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and
braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction
is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders, leaving surfaces
smooth and undamaged.
At existing concrete cons. ..ion, install at least 3 completed
opening anchors per jamb adjacent to hinge location on hinge jamb and
at corresponding heights on strike jamb. Set frames and secure to
adjacent construction with bolts and masonry anchorage devices.
In metal -stud vartitions, install at least 3 wall anchors per jamb at
hinge and strike levels. In steel -stud partitions, attach wall
anchors to studs with screws.
Install firp-rated frames according to NFPA 80.
Door Installation: Fit hollow -metal doors accurately in frames, within
clearances specified in ANSI/SDI 100.
ADJUSTTNG AND CLFANTNG
Prime Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted
or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air -drying
primer.
Protection Removal: Immediately before final inspection, remove
protective wrappings from doors and frames.
Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items, leaving
steel doors and frames undamaged and in complete and proper operating
conditions.
898-96C
STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 6
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to
work of this section.
Extent and location of each type of flush wood door is indicated on
drawings and in schedules.
Thies section includes the following:
Solid core flush wood doors and transoms with wood veneer faces.
Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that
relate to this Section:
Metal door frames for flush wood doors are specified in another
Division-8 section.
General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of
the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.
Product Data: Door manufacturer's technical data for each type of door,
including details of core and edge construction, trim for openings and
louvers, and factory -finishing specifications.
Shop drawings indicating location and size of each door, elevation of
each kind of door, details of construction, location and extent of
hardware blocking, fire ratings, requirements for veneer matching and
factory finishing and other pertinent data. Use same reference numbers
for details and openings as those on the original contract documents.
OUALTTY ASSURANCE
Quality Standards: Comply with the following standards:
AWT Ouali,yStandard: "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards", of
Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI) for grade of door, core
k'.. construction, finish and other requirements exceeding those of NWWDA
quality standard.
Fire -Rated Wood Doors: Provide wood doors that comply with NFPA 80;
which are identical in materials and construction to units tested in door
and frame assemblies per ASTM E 152 and which are labeled and listed for
ratings indicated by UL, Warnock Hersey or other testing and inspection
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
!` Oversize Fire -Rated Wood Doors: For door assemblies exceeding sizes
of tested assemblies, provide manufacturer's certificate stating that
doors conform to all standard construction requirements of tested and
labeled fire door assemblies except as to size.
Tpmparaturp Rise Rating: At stairwell enclosures, provide doors that
898-96C.
G:. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211 - 1
have a temperature rise rating of 450 deg F (232 deg C) maximum in 30
minutes of fire exposure.
Temperature Rise Rating: At stairwell enclosures, provide doors that
have a temperature rise rating of 250 deg F (121 deg C) maximum in 30
minutes of fire exposure.
Single -Source Responsibility: Obtain doors from one source and by a
single manufacturer.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Protect doors during transit, storage and handling to prevent damage,
soiling and deterioration. Comply with requirements of referenced
standards and recommendations of NWWDA pamphlet 'How to Store, Handle,
Finish, Install, and Maintain Wood Doors", as well as with manufacturer's
instructions.
Comply with SIC Technical Pulletin 420-R for delivery, storage, and
handling of doors.
Identify each door with individual opening numbers which correlate with
designation system used on shop drawings for door, frames, and hardware,
using temporary, removable or concealed markings.
PROJECT CONDTTIONS
Conditioning: Do not deliver or install doors until conditions for
temperature and relative humidity. have been stabilized and will be
maintained in storage and installation areas during remainder of
construction period to comply with the following requirements applicable
to project's geographical location:
AWI quality standard including Section 100-S-11 "Relative_ Humidity and
Moisture Content".
WARRANTY
General Warranty: Door Manufacturer's Warranty specified in this Article
shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under
other provisions of the Contract Documents.
Door Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit written agreement on door
manufacturer's standard form signed by Manufacturer, Installer and
Contractor, agreeing to repair or replace defective doors that have
warped (bow, cup or twist) more than 1/4 inch (6.35 mm) in a 42 by 84
inch (1067 by 2134 mm) section or that show telegraphing of core
construction in face veneers exceeding 0.01 inch in a 3 inch (0.25 mm in
a 75 mm) span, or do not.conform to tolerance limitations of referenced
quality standards.
Warranty shall also include reinstallation and finishing that may be
required due to repair or replacement of defective doors where defect
was not apparent prior to hanging.
Warranty shall be in effect during following period of time after date
of Substantial Completion.
898-96C
FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211 2
FLUSH WOOD DOORS, CONT
,Solid Core TnterinrDoors:
i Life of installation.
1.
Contractor's Responsibilities: Replace or refinish doors where
Contractor's work contributed to rejection or to voiding of
manufacturer's warranty.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide doors of
one of the following:
Algoma Hardwoods, Inc.
Ampco Products, Inc.
Buell Door Company.
Eagle Plywood & Door Manufacturing, Inc.
Eggers Industries, Architectural Door Division.
Fenestra Corporation.
Haley Brothers, Inc.
Ideal Wood Products, Inc.
Marlite.
Mohawk Flush Doors, Inc.
Poncraf t Door `Co .
Ragland Manufacturing Co, Inc.
V-T Industries, Inc.
Weyerhauser Company.
Solid Corp Doors for Transparent 'Finish: Comply with the following
requirements:
Faces: Walnut veneer, to match existing adjacent doors.
AWI Grade: Custom.
Construction: 5 plies. (Particleboard core).
Core: Particleboard core.
Bonding: Stiles and rails bonded to core, then entire unit abrasive
planed before veneering.
r, Fire -Rated Solid Core Doors: Comply with the following requirements:
Faces and AWT,rade: Provide faces and grade to match non -rated doors
in same area of building, unless otherwise indicated.
Construction: Manufacturer's standard core construction as required
to provide fire -resistance rating indicated.
Blockina: IProvide composite blocking designed to maintain fire
resistance of door but with improved screw -holding capability of same
I 898-96C
FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211 3
thickness as core and with minimum dimensions as follows:
5-inch (125 mm) top rail blocking.
5 inch (125 mm) bottom rail blocking.
5 by 18 inch (125 by 450 mm) lock blocks.
5 inch (125 mm) midrail blocking.
Forge construction: Manufacturer's standard laminated -edge
construction improved screw -holding capability and split resistance as
compared to edges composed of a single layer of treated lumber as
required to provide fire -resistance rating indicated.
Fabricate flush wood doors to produce doors complying with following
requirements:
In sizes indicated for job -site fitting.
Comply with tolerance requirements of referenced quality standard
for fitting. Comply with requirements of NFPA 80 for fire -
resistance -rated doors.
F c-o y machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied.
Locate hardware to comply with DHI-WDHS-3. Comply with final hardware
schedules, door frame shop drawings, DHI A115-W series standards, and
hardware templates.
Coordinate measurements of hardware mortises in metal frames to
verify dimensions and alignment before proceeding with factory
machining.
Transom and Side Panels: Fabricate matching panels with same
construction, exposed surfaces and finish as specified for associated
doors.
Fixed Transom Panels: Fabricate fixed panels with solid lumber
transom bottom rail and door top rail, both rabbeted.
Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size,
location, anchorage and swing characteristics, and have been installed
with plumb jambs and level heads.
Reject doors with defects.
Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have
been corrected.
898-96C
FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211 - 4
FLUSH WOOD DOOR20 CONT
Hardware: For installation see Division 8 Section "Finish Hardware."
Manufacturer's Instructions: Install wood doors to comply with
manufacturer's instructions and of referenced AWI standard and as
indicated.
Job -Fit Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and
bevels as indicated below; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of
limits set by manufacturer or permitted with fire -rated doors. Machine
doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining.
'.,. Fitting Clearances for Non -Rated Doors: Provide 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) at
jambs and heads; 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) per leaf at meeting stiles for
pairs of doors; and 1/8 (3.2 mm) from bottom of door to top of
r decorative floor finish or covering. Where threshold is shown or
scheduled, provide 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) clearance from bottom of door to
4 top of threshold.
Eipd-Fi ni shed Doors: Refer to the following for finishing requirements:
Division 9 section "Painting".
fD PROTECTION:
Rehang or replace doors which do not swing or operate freely.
►rs: Refinish or replace doors damaged during installation.
Protect doora as recommended by door manufacturer to ensure that wood
doors will be without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial
Completion.
898-96C
FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211 - 5
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to
this Section.
This Section includes the following:
Metal lath and accessories.
Portland cement plaster.
Stucco finishes.
Related S_.t'ons: The following Sections contain requirements that
relate to this Section:
Division 5 Section "Cold -Formed Metal Framing" for load -bearing steel
studs and joists.
Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for wood framing and furring.
SUBMITTALS
General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of
the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.
Product Data for each product specified.
D . V .Rv , STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Deliver c .m n i i o us materials to Project site in original packages,
containers, or bundles, labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand
name, and lot number.
Store materials inside, under cover, and dry, protected from weather,
direct sunlight, surface contamination, aging, corrosion, and damage from
construction traffic and other causes.
Environmental Reg,ir.m.n s. General: Comply with requirements of
referenced plaster application standards and recommendations of plaster
manufacturer for environmental conditions before, during, and after
plaster application.
l Cold -Weather Requirements: Provide heat and protection, temporary or.
1 permanent, as required to protect each coat of plaster from freezing for
at least 24 hours after application. Distribute heat uniformly to
prevent concentration of heat on plaster near heat sources; provide
deflection or protective screens.
Warm -Weather Requirements: Protect plaster against uneven and excessive
evaporation and from strong flows of dry air, both natural and
artificial. Apply and cure plaster as required by climatic and job
898-96C
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 - 1
conditions to prevent dry out during cure period. Provide suitable
coverings, moist curing, barriers to deflect sunlight and wind, or
combinations of these, as required.
Exterior Plaster Work: Do not apply plaster when ambient temperature is _
below 40 deg F (4 deg C).
Exterior Plaster Work: Protect plaster against freezing when ambient
temperature is below 40 deg F (4 deg C) by heating materials and
providing temporary protection and heat as required by ACI 306R.
Protect contiguous work from soiling and moisture deterioration caused by .-
plastering. Provide temporary covering and other provisions necessary to
minimize harmful spattering of plaster on other work.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products
by one of the following:
Expanded -Metal Lath:
Alabama Metal Industries Corp. (AMICO).
Dale/Incor Industries, Inc.
Dietrich Industries, Inc.
National Gypsum Co.
Unimast, Inc.
United States Gypsum Co.
Metal Accessori
Alabama Metal Industries Corp. (AMICO).
Dale/Incor Industries, Inc.
Delta Star, Inc.
Fry Reglet Corporation.
Metalex (Keene Products).
MM Systems Corp.
National Gypsum Co.
Unimast, Inc.
United States Gypsum Co.
Western Metal Lath Co.
stucco:
E1 Rey Stucco Company.
Florida Stucco Corp.
Highland Stucco.
IPA Systems;, Inc.
United States Gypsum Co.
LATIi
Expanded -Metal Lath: Comply with ASTM C 847 for material, type, _
configuration, and other characteristics indicated below.
898-96C _
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 - 2
r
r
Material: Fabricate expanded -metal lath from sheet metal conforming
to the following:
Galvanized _Steel_: Structural -quality, zinc -coated (galvanized)
steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653, G60 (ASTM A 653M, Z180)
minimum coating designation, unless otherwise indicated.
Diamond -Mesh Lath: Comply with the following requirements:
configuration: Self -furring.
Weight: 3.4 lb/sq. yd. (1.8 kg/sq. m).
General: Comply with material provisions of ASTM C 1063 and the
requirements indicated below; coordinate depth of accessories with
thicknesses and number of plaster coats required.
Aluminum Components: Alloy, temper, and finish recommended by
manufacturer with not less than the strength and durability properties
of aluminum extrusions complying with ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M) for
alloy and temper 6063-T5.
Galvanized Steel Components: Fabricated from zinc -coated (galvanized)
steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653, G40 (ASTM A 653M, Z90) minimum
coating designation.
Zinc-AlloyComponents: ASTM B 69, 99 percent pure zinc.
Metal Corner Reinforcement: Expanded, large -mesh, diamond -metal lath
fabricated from zinc -alloy or welded -wire mesh fabricated from 0.0475
inch (1.2 mm) diameter, zinc -coated (galvanized) wire and specially
formed to reinforce external corners of portland cement plaster on
exterior exposures while allowing full plaster encasement.
Cornerbeads : Small nose cornerbeads fabricated from the following metal,
with expanded flanges of large -mesh diamond -metal lath allowing full
plaster encasement. (USG #1-A)
Galvanized Steel: Minimum 0.0172 inch (0.44 mm) thick.
Casing Reads: Square -edged style ( USG #66 ), with expanded flanges of the
following material:
Galvanized Steel: Minimum 0.0172 inch (0.44 mm) thick.
Foundation Sill (Weep) Screed: Manufacturer's standard profile designed
for use at sill plate line to form plaster stop and prevent plaster from
contacting damp earth, fabricated from zinc -coated (galvanized) steel
sheet.
Lath Attachment Devices: Material and type required by ASTM C 1063 for
installations indicated.
Rasp -Coat Cements: Type as indicated below:
898-96C
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 - 3
Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I.
Stucco Finish_ Coat: Manufacturer's standard factory -packaged stucco,
including portland cement, aggregate, coloring agent, and other
proprietary ingredients.
Factory -Prepared Finish Coat: Manufacturer's standard factory -packaged
blend of portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I or III; hydrated lime, Type
S, ASTM C 206 or ASTM C 207; aggregate, ASTM C 897; and compatible with
base coat and finish texture indicated; in color indicated below:
Provide color selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of
colors.
Lime: Special hydrated lime for finishing purposes, ASTM C 206, Type S;
or special hydrated lime for masonry purposes, ASTM C 207, Type S.
Aggregate for Finish Coats: ASTM C 897 system and as indicated below:
Manufactured or natural sand, in color matching Architect's sample.
Water for _Vix_i�tg a_i.4f___Finishiig Plaster: Potable.
Acid -Etching Solution: Muriatic acid (10 percent solution of commercial
hydrochloric acid) mixed 1 part to not less than 6 nor more than 10 parts
water.
Dash -Coat Material: 2 parts portland cement to 3 parts fine sand, mixed
with water to a mushy -paste consistency.
General: Comply with ASTM C 926 for base- and finish -coat mixes as
applicable to plaster bases, materials, and other requirements indicated.
Base -Coat Mixes andCompositions: Proportion materials for respective
base coats in parts -by volume per sum of cementitious materials for
aggregates to comply with the following requirements for each method of
application and plaster base indicated. Adjust mix proportions below \
within limits specified to attain workability.
Three -Coat Work over Metal Lath: Base -coat proportions as indicted
below: _
Scratch Coat: 1 part portland cement, 3/4 to 1-1/2 parts lime,
2-1/2 to 4 parts aggregate.
Brown Coat: 1 part portland cement, 3/4 to 1-1/2 parts lime, 3 to 5 --
parts aggregate.
Stucco Finish Coat: Add water only; comply with stucco manufacturer's
written instructions.
898-96C
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 - 4
: I
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER, CONT
r
t:
Mprhani ally mix cementitious and aggregate materials for plasters to
comply with applicable referenced application standard and with
recommendations of plaster manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION OF LATH AND FURRING_, GENERAL
Standards: Comply with ML/SFA 920, "Guide Specifications for Metal
Lathing and Furring," and with requirements of ASTM C 1063.
Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing at terminations in
work and for support of fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab
bars, handrails, furnishings, and similar work to comply with details
indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, to comply with applicable
written instructions of lath and furring manufacturer.
Isolation: Where lathing and metal support system abuts building
structure horizontally and where partition or wall abuts overhead
structure, sufficiently isolate from structural movement to prevent
transfer of loading from building structure. Install slip- or cushion -
type joints to absorb deflections but maintain lateral support.
Frame both sides of control joints independently and do not bridge
joints with furring and lathing or accessories.
Install additional framing, furring, runners, lath, and beads, as
required to form openings and frames for other work as indicated.
Coordinate support system for proper support of framed work that is not
r indicated to be supported independently of metal furring and lathing
system.
Install metal lath for the following applications where plaster base
coats are required. Provide appropriate type, configuration, and weight
of metal lath selected from materials indicated that comply with
referenced ML/SFA specifications and ASTM lathing installation standards.
Exterior Monn1ithir. gurfacer, using 3.4 lb/sq. yd. (1.8 kg/sq. m)
minimum weight, galvanized self -furring, diamond -mesh lath or vertical
metal framing and furring as required for plaster thickness.
Clean plaster bases and substrates for direct application of plaster,
removing loose material and substances that may impair the Work.
Etch con .r _te and concrete unit masonry surfaces indicated for direct
plaster application. Scrub with acid -etching solution on previously
wetted surface and rinse thoroughly with clean water. Repeat
application, if necessary, to obtain adequate suction and mechanical bond
of plaster (where dash coat bonding agent, or additive is not used).
rApply bonding agent on concrete and concrete unit masonry surfaces
indicated for direct plaster application; comply with manufacturer's
898-96C
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 - 5
written instructions for application.
Annly dash coat on concrete_ surfaces indicated for direct plaster
application. Moist -cure dash coat for at least 24 hours after
application and before plastering.
Tnstall temporary grounds and screeds to ensure accurate rodding of
plaster to true surfaces; coordinate with scratch -coat work.
Refer to Division 6 Sections for installing permanent wood grounds, if
any.
Flashing: Refer to Division 7 Sections for installing flashing as
indicated.
Surface Conditionina: Immediately before plastering, dampen concrete and
concrete unit masonry surfaces that are 'indicated for direct plaster
application, except where a bonding agent has been applied. Determine
and apply amount of moisture and degree of saturation that will result in
optimum suction for plastering.
TNSTAL.ATTON OF PLASTERING ACCESSORT.S
General: Comply with referenced lathing and furring installation
standards for provision and location of plaster accessories of type
indicated. Miter or cope accessories at:corners; install with tight `
joints and in alignment. Attach accessories securely to plaster bases to
hold, accessories in place and alignment during plastering. Install
accessories of type indicated at following locations: --
External Corners: Install casing beads, unless otherwise indicated.
Control Joints: Install at locations indicated, or if not indicated,
at spacings and locations required by referenced standard and
recommended by plaster manufacturer and approved by Architect.
Where an expansion or control joint occurs in surface of
construction directly behind plaster membrane.
Distance between control joints: Not to exceed 18 feet (5.4 m) in
either direction or a length -to -width ration of 2-1/2 to 1.
Wall Areas: Not more than 144 sq. ft. (13 m)
Horizontal Surfaces: Not more than 100 sq. ft. (9 sq. m) in area.
Where plaster panel sizes or dimensions change, extend joints full
width or heightofplaster membrane.
Plaster Application Standard: Apply plaster materials, composition, and
mixes to comply with ASTM C 926.
Do not use materials that are frozen, caked, lumpy, dirty,, or
contaminated by foreign materials.
Do not use excessive water in mixing and applying plaster materials.
898-96C
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 6
r
Flat Surface Tolerances: Do not deviate more than plus or minus 1 /8 inch
in 10 feet (3 mm in 3 m) form a true plane, in finished plaster surfaces,
as measured by a 10 foot (3 m) straightedge placed at any location on
surface.
(,rout hollow -metal frames, bases, and similar work occurring in plastered
areas, with base -coat plaster material, and before lathing where
necessary. Except where full grouting is indicated or required for fire -
resistance rating, grout at least 6 inches (152 mm) at each jamb anchor.
Sguence plaster application with installation and protection of other
work so that neither will be damaged by installation of other.
Plaster flush with metal frames and other built-in metal items or
accessories that act as a plaster ground, unless otherwise indicated.
Where interior plaster is npt terminated at metal frame by casing beads,
cut base coat free from metal frame before plaster sets and groove finish
coat at junctures with metal.
Corners: Made internal corners and angles square; finish external
corners flush with cornerbeads on interior work, square and true with
plaster faces on exterior work.
Number of Coats: Apply plaster of composition indicated, to comply with
the following requirements:
Three -coats: Over the following plaster base:
Metal lath.
Finish Coats: Apply finish coats to comply with the following
requirements:
FloatFinish: Apply finish coat to a minimum thickness of 1/8 inch (3
mm) to completely cover base coat, uniformly floated to a true even
plane with sand -textured finish matching Architect's sample.
Moist cure plaster base and finish coats to comply with ASTM C 926,
including instructions for time between coats and curing in "Annex A2
Design Considerations".
Cut, patch, point -up and repair plaster as necessary to accommodate other
work. Repair cracks, indentions and imperfections. Point -up finish
plaster surfaces around items that are built into or penetrate plaster
surfaces. Repair or replace work to eliminate blisters, buckles,
excessive crazing and check cracking, dry -outs, efflorescence, excessive
pinholes, and similar defects, and where bond to the substrate has
failed. Remove loose plaster in straight line cuts and areas and repair
or replace as necessary to comply with required visual effects and as
specified under gypsum plaster.
Remove temporary covering and other provisions made to minimize
spattering of plaster on other Work. Promptly remove plaster from door
frames, windows, and other surfaces which are not to be plastered.
898-96C
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 - 7
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER, CONT
Repair floors, walls and other surfaces which have been stained, marred
or otherwise damaged during the plastering work. When plastering work is -
completed, remove unused materials, containers and equipment and clean
floors of plaster debris.
Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable
to manufacturer and Installer, that ensure plaster work is without damage
or deterioration at time of substantial completion.
898-96C
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 - 8
SECTION 09510 - ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
PART 1 - , .N .RAT.
r.. RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to
work of this section.
SUMMARY
Extent of each type of acoustical ceiling is shown and scheduled on
drawings.
See Drawings for location of existing grid and panels to remain or be
reworked.
Types of acoustical ceilings specified in this section include the
following:
Acoustical panel ceilings, exposed suspension, non -fire -rated.
Produc t Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data for each type of
acoustical ceiling unit and suspension system required.
Coordination of Work: Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical
ceiling units and suspension system components with other work supported
by, or penetrating through, ceilings, including light fixtures, HVAC
equipment, fire -suppression system components (if any), and partition
system.
Deliver acoustical ei 1 ing units to project site in original, unopened
packages and store them in a fully enclosed space where they will be
protected against damage from moisture, direct sunlight, surface
contamination or other causes.
fl_ or_g installing acoustical ceiling units, permit them to reach room
temperature and a stabilized moisture content.
Handle acoustical ceiling units carefully to avoid chipping edges or
damaging units in any way.
Space Enclosure: Do not install interior acoustical ceilings until space
is enclosed and weatherproof, wet -work in space is completed and
nominally dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambient conditions of
temperature and humidity will be continuously maintained at values near
those indicated for final occupancy.
r' Standard for Acoustical Ceiling )nits: Provide manufacturer's standard
I units of configuration indicated which are prepared for mounting method
898-96C
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09510 - 1
designated and which comply with FS SS-S-118 requirements, including
those indicated by reference to type, form, pattern, grade (NRC or NIC'
as applicable), light reflectance coefficient (LR), edge detail, and
joint detail (if any).
Colors, Textures, and Patterns: Provide products to match appearance
characteristics indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as selected by
Architect from manufacturer's standard colors, surface textures, and
patterns available for acoustical ceiling units and exposed metal
suspension system members of quality designated.
Mineral Composition Panels- Water F with Standard Washable Painted
Finish: Provide Type III, Form 2 units per FS SS-S-118 and complying
with the following requirements:
Armstrong Minaboard, Fissured #755.
USG Aurotone, Fissured #562.
.Color_/Liaht Reflectance: White/LR 1 (75% and over).
Color: Provide color to match that indicated by reference to
manufacturer's standard color designations. (White).
Grade: NRC 65.
CSTC Range: 35-40.
Edge Detail Square.
Si 7p: 24" x 48" x 3/4" .
Standard for Metal Suspension systems: Provide metal suspension systems
of type, structural classification and finish indicated which comply with
applicable ASTM C 635 requirements.
Finishes and Colors: Provide manufacturer's standard factory- applied
finish for type of system indicated. For exposed suspension members and
accessories with painted finish, provide color indicated or, if not
otherwise indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full
range of standard colors.
Powder -Actuated a ners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable
for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion -resistant materials,
with clips or other accessory devices for attachment of hangers of type
indicated, and with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal
to 10 times that imposed by ceiling construction, as determined by
testing per ASTM E 1190, conducted by a qualified testing laboratory.
Wire for Hangers and Ties: ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft
temper.
898-96C
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09510 - 2
AC.O 1STT .AL CEILINGS, CONT
Gage: Provide wire sized so that stress at 3 times hanger design load
�. (ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct -Hung), will be less than yield stress of
wire, but provide not less than 0.106-inch diameter (12 gage).
Edge Moldings and Trim: Metal of types -provide manufacturer's standard
f" molding for edges and penetrations of ceiling which fits with type of
edge detail and suspension system indicated.
r EXPOSED METAL DIRECT -HUNG SUSPENSION SYSTEMS
Non -Fire -Resistance -Rated Double Web Steel Suspension System:
Manufacturer's standard system roll -formed from prefinished cold -rolled
steel sheet with 15/16" wide exposed faces on structural members; other
characteristics as follows:
Structural Classification: Intermediate -Duty System.
Finish: Painted, white.
Products.: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of
one of the following:
Drawings are based on:
Chicago Metallic Corporation. 200 Snap -in Grid System.
Donn Corporation.
Eastern Products Div., Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
National Rolling Mills, Inc.
Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical units to
«' balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling to comply with
i. reflected ceiling plans. Avoid use of less -than -half width units at
borders, and comply with reflected ceiling plans wherever possible.
INSTALLATION
General: Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed
instructions, and to comply with governing regulations, fire -resistance
rating requirements as indicated, and CISCA standards applicable to work.
Arrange acoustical units and orient directionally -patterned units (if
any) in manner shown by reflected ceiling plans.
Install suspension systems to comply with ASTM C 636, with hangers
supported only from building structural members as follows:
�. Secure wire hangers by looping and wire -tying, either directly to
structures or to inserts, eye -screws, or other devices which are
secure and appropriate for substrate, and which -will not deteriorate
898-96C
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09510 - 3
or fail with age or elevated temperatures.
Tnstall hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other
objects within ceiling plenum which are not part of supporting
structural or ceiling suspension system. Splay hangers only where
required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal force by
bracing, countersplaying or other equally effective means.
Where width -h of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum
produces hanger spacings that interfere with the location of hangers
at,spacings required to support standard suspension system members,
install supplemental 'suspension members and hangers in form of
trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members
and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits
established by referenced standards.
Do -not attach hangers to steel deck tabs.
Space hangers not more than 4'-0" o.c. along each carrying channel,
direct -hung runner or member supported directly from hangers, unless
otherwise shown, and provide hangers not more than 6 inches from ends
of each member. Level to tolerance of 1/8" in 12'-011.
Install edge moldings of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical
ceiling area and at locations where necessary to conceal edges of
acoustical units.
screw -attach moldings to substrate at intervals not over 16" o.c. and
not more than 3" from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to
tolerance of 1/8" in 12'-0". Miter corners accurately and connect
securely.
Sealant Bed: Apply continuous ribbon of acoustical sealant at
juncture of angle and wall to seal any gaps between wall and edge
molding. Sealant to match color of edge molding.
Tnstall acoustical panels in coordination with suspension system, with
edges concealed by support of suspension members. Scribe and cut panels
to fit accurately at borders and at penetrations.
Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical ceilings, including trim edge
moldings, and suspension members; comply with manufacturer's instructions
for cleaning and touch-up of minor finish damage. Remove and replace
work which cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently
eliminate evidence of damage.
898-96C
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09510 - 4
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to
work of this section.
Extent of resilient flooring and accessories is shown on drawings and in
schedules and is defined to include flooring materials, adhesives,
accessories, leveling compound, floor preparation and labor required for
proper installation.
This Section includes the following:
Resilient wall base.
Resilient carpet accessories.
Manufacturer: Provide each type of resilient flooring and accessories as
produced by a single manufacturer, including recommended primers,
adhesives, sealants, and leveling compounds.
Fire Test Performance: Provide resilient flooring which complies with
the following fire test performance criteria as determined by an
independent testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction. -
Critical al Radiant lux (CRF) Not less than the following rating per
ASTM E 648.
0.45 watts per sq. cm.
Flame Spread: Not more than 75 per ASTM E 84.
Smoke Developed: Not more than 450 per ASTM E 84.
Smoke Densitv: Not more than 450 per ASTM E 662.
Maintain minimum temperature of 70 deg F (21 deg C) in spaces to receive
resilient flooring for at least 48 hours prior to installation, during
installation, and for not less than 48 hours after installation.
Store resilient flooring materials in spaces where they will be installed
for at least 48 hours before beginning installation. Subsequently,
maintain minimum temperature of 55 deg F (13 deg C) in areas where work
is completed.
Tnstall resilient flooring and ac_ saori a after other finishing
operations, including painting, have been completed. Do not install
resilient flooring over concrete slabs until the latter have been cured
and are sufficiently dry to achieve bond with adhesive as determined by
manufacturer's recommended bond and moisture test.
898-96C
RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 - 1
Prepare existing concrete floors to achieve proper bond with adhesive.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
ACCEPTABLE'. MANUFACTURERS
r
Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products
of one of the following:
Wall -Base:
Johnson Rubber Co., Flooring Accessories Div.
Vinyl Plastic Inc.
MATERIALS
Colors and Patterns: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's
standards.
RESIL.TENT WALL BASE
Vinyl Wall Rase: Products complying with FS .SS-W-40, Type II. _
Style:
Cove with top -set toe.
Minimum Thickness:
1/8 inch.
He , ah
4 inches.
Lengths:
Cut lengths 4 feet long, or coils in lengths standard with
manufacturer but not less than 96 feet.
Exterior or orn . s•
Premolded or formed on job.
Interior o n s-Job-formed only.
Surface Characteristics- Smooth.
Vinyl Accessories: Products complying with following requirements:
Product Description: -'
Nosing for resilient floor covering.
Profile and Dimensions:
898-96C
RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 -.2
As required.
Adhesives (Cementsl: Water-resistant, stabilized type as recommended by
flooring manufacturer to suit material and substrate conditions.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
General: Examine areas where installation of resilient floor coverings
will occur, with Installer present, to verify that substrates and
conditions are satisfactory for installation and comply with floor
covering manufacturer's requirements and those specified in this Section.
TNSTALLATTON , GENERAL
Scribe, cut. and fit resilient f_loorincr and accessor_ies to permanent
fixtures., built-in furniture and cabinets, pipes, outlets and permanent
columns, walls and partitions.
TNSTALLATTON OF ACCESSORIES
Apply wall base to walls, casework and other permanent fixtures in rooms
or areas where base is required. Install base in lengths as long as
practicable, with preformed corner units, or fabricated from base
materials with mitered or coped inside corners. Tightly bond base to
substrate throughout length of each piece, with continuous contact at
horizontal and vertical surfaces.
Install nremolded outside corners before installing straight pieces.
Form inside corners on job from straight pieces of maximum lengths
possible by cutting an inverted V-shaped notch in toe of wall base at
the point where corner is formed. Shave back of base where necessary
to produce snug fit to substrate.
Plane resilient edge strips tightly butted to flooring and secure with
adhesive. Install edging strips at edges of flooring which would
otherwise be exposed.
F
r•
�i
898-96C
RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 - 3
RELATED DOCUMENTS
sf
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to
work of this section.
The extent of each type of carpeting is indicated on the drawings, and by
specifications, and is defined to include carpet, cushion and
accessories.
Required carpet is to be selected from an allowance of $22.00 per yard.
Allowance shall include all carpet material needed for complete
installation including overrun where required. All labor and associated
laying materials should be included in the base contract. The Owner
reserves the right to select carpet from any vendor of his choice.
Installer: Firm with not less than two (2) years of carpeting
experience, similar to work of this section.
General Standard: "Carpet Specifier's Handbook" by The Carpet and Rug
Institute; for definitions of terminology not otherwise defined herein,
and for general recommendations and information.
PRODUCT DELIVERY AND STORAGE
Deliver carpeting materials in protective wrapping, and store inside,
protected from weather, moisture and soiling.
Provide special project warranty, signed by Contractor, Installer and
Manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace defective materials and
workmanship of carpeting work during 1-year warranty period following
substantial completion.
CARPET: Direct glue down or stretched over cushion as scheduled.
Carpet Edge Guard, Nonmetallic: At glue -down carpet extruded or molded
vinyl or rubber carpet edge guard of approved size and profile; colors
selected by Architect from among standard colors available within the
industry (any manufacturer).
Installation Adhesive: Water-resistant type as recommended by carpet or
cushion manufacturer, and which complies with flammability requirements
for installed carpet.
SeamingCement: Hot=melt seaming adhesive or similar product recommended
by carpet manufacturer, for taping seams and buttering cut edges at
r 898-96C
' CARPETING 09681 - 1
backing to form secure seams and prevent pile loss at seams.
Mjscallaneous Materials: As recommended by manufacturers of carpet,
cushions and other carpeting products; and selected by Installer to meet
project circumstance and requirements.
Installer must examine substrates for moisture content and other
conditions under which carpeting is to be installed, and notify
Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper completion of
the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
Clear away debris and scrape up cementitious deposits from surfaces to
receive carpeting; vacuum clean immediately before installation. Check
concrete surfaces to ensure no "dusting" through installed carpet; apply
sealer where required to prevent dusting.
Sequence carpeting with other work so as to minimize possibility of
damage and soiling of carpet during remainder of construction period.
Comity_ with manufacturer f a instructions and recommendations for seam _
locations and direction of carpet; maintain uniformity of direction and
lay of pile. Consult with Architect if questions arise about direction
and lay of piles. At doors, center seams under doors; do not place seams
in traffic direction at doorways.
Extend carnet under open -bottomed obstructions and under removable
flanges and furnishings, and into alcoves and closets of each space.
Provide cut-outs where required, and bind cut edges properly where not
concealed by protective edge guards or overlapping flanges.
Tnstal l carpet edge guard where edge of carpet is exposed; anchor guards
to substrate.
Pit sections of cal:Det into each space prior to application of adhesive.
Trim edges and butter cuts with seaming cement.
ADPly adhesive uniformly to substrate in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions. Butt carpet edges tightly together to form seams without
gaps. Roll lightly to eliminate air pockets and ensure uniform bond.
Remove adhesive promptly from face of carpet. Trim seams of loose
filaments.
Remove debris, sorting pieces to be saved from scraps to be disposed of.
898-96C
CARPETING 09681 - 2
Vacuum carpet using commercial machine with face -beater element. Remove
spots and replace carpet where spots cannot be removed.
Advise Contractor of protection methods and materials needed to ensure
that carpeting will be without deterioration or damage at time of
substantial completion.
Ma?ntenanCe Materials: Deliver specified overrun and usable scraps of
carpet to Owner's designated storage space, properly packaged (paper
wrapped) and identified. Usable scraps are defined to include roll ends
of less than 9' -0" length, and pieces of more than 3 sq. ft. area and
more than 8" wide. Dispose of smaller pieces as "construction waste".
r' 898-96C
CARPETING 09681 - 3
SECTION 09900 -_PAINTING
PART 1 - G •NERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to
r+ this Section.
This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of the
following:
Exposed interior items and surfaces.
Exposed exterior items and surfaces.
Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this
Section are in addition to shop priming and surface treatment
specified under other Sections.
,Joint treatment, drywall tape, compound treatment and finish texture is
part of the work of this section.
Paint exposed surfaces except where the paint schedules indicate that a
surface or material is specifically indicated not to be painted or is to
remain natural. If the paint schedules do not specifically mentioned an
item or surface, paint the item or the surface the same as similar
adjacent materials or surfaces whether or not schedules indicate colors.
If the schedules do not indicate color or finish, the Architect will
select from standard colors or finishes available.
Do not paint prefinished items, finished metal surfaces, concealed
surfaces, operating parts, and labels.
Labels: Do not paint over Underwriter's Laboratories, (UL) Factory
Mutual (FM), or other code -required labels or equipment name,
identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates.
General: Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D 16 apply to this
Section.
Flat refers to a lusterless or matte finish with a gloss range below
15 when measured at an 85 degree meter.
Faas_h_1_1_ refers to low -sheen finish with a gloss range between 5 and
20 when measured at a 60 degree meter.
Satin refers to low -sheen finish with a gloss range between 15 and 35
when measured at a 60 degree meter.
Semi -aloss refers to medium -sheen finish with a gloss range between 30
and 65 when measured at a 60 degree meter.
r. Full gloss refers to high -sheen finish with a gloss range more than
65 when measured at a 60 degree meter.
rr 898-96C
PAINTING 09900 - 1
Prods Data: For each paint system specified
and primers.
Include block fillers
Mat-prial T,ist: Provide and inclusive list of required coating
materials. Indicate each material and cross-reference specific
coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material by
manufacturer's catalog number and general classification.
Manufacturer's information: Provide manufacturer's technical
information, including label analysis and instructions for handling,
storing, and applying each coating material proposed for use.
certification by manufacturer that products supplied comply with local
regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs).
Samples for finish texture selection: shall be submitted on 24" square
sample of the specified bases material. Textured sample is to be
finished with all specified coating applied to represent a finished wall.
Samples for Initial Color Selection: Manufacturer's color charts showing
the full range of colors available for each type of finish -coat material
indicated.
After color selection, the Architect will- furnish color chips or
schedule listing manufacturer's number for surfaces to be coated.
Provide stepped Samples, defining each separate coat, including block
fillers and primers. Use representative colors when preparing Samples
for review. Resubmit until required sheen, color, and texture are -
achieved.
Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in the "Quality
Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience.
Include lists of completed projects and project names and addresses,
names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information
specified.
Abnlicator Qualif' ion : Engage an experienced applicator who has
completed painting system applications similar in material and extent to
that indicated for this Project with a record of successful in-service
performance.
Source Limitations: Obtain block fillers, primers and undercoat
materials for each coating system from the same manufacturer as the
finish coats.
DRT,TVRRV . STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Deliver materials to the Project Site in the manufacturer's original,
unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label
and the following information:
Product name or title of material.
898-96C
PAINTING 09900 - 2
PAINTING,_GON`P
Product description (generic classification or binder type).
Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture.
Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents.
Thinning instructions.
Application instructions.
Color name and number.
VOC content.
Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well -
ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg C).
Maintain containers used in storage in a clean condition, free of
foreign materials and residue.
Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove
oily rags and waste daily. Take necessary measures to ensure that
workers and work areas are protected from fire and health hazards
resulting from handling , mixing, and application.
PROJECT CONDITTONS
Apply water -based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be
painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 50 deg F (10 deg C)
and 90 deg F (32 deg C).
Apply solvent -thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be
painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 45 deg F (7 deg C)
and 95 deg F (35 deg C).
Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist, when the relative
humidity exceeds 85,percent, at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C)
above the dew point, or to damp or wet surfaces nor during sandstorms.
Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and
areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits
specified by the manufacturer during application and drying periods.
Cold Weather Protection: When ambient outdoor temperatures are below 55
degrees F maintain continuous, uniform building temperature of not less
that 55 degrees F for a minimum of 48 hours prior to, during and
following painting and joint treatment.
Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces as required to remove water in
excess of that required for drying joint treatment material immediately
after its application. Prevent too rapid drying during hot weather.
r. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the
products in the paint schedules.
r� 898-96C _
PAINTING 09900 - 3
Manufacturers Names: The following manufacturers are referred to in the
paint schedules by use of shortened versions of their names, which are
shown in parentheses:
The Glidden Company (Glidden).
Benjamin Moore and Co., (Moore).
PPG Industries, Inc. (PPG).
Pratt and Lambert (P & L).
The Sherwin-Williams Company (S-W).
Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, undercoats, and
finish -coat materials that are compatible with one another and the
substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as
demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience.
Material Quality: Provide the manufacturer's best quality trade sale
paint material of the various coating types specified. Paint material
containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not
be acceptable.
Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to
designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products
named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products
of other manufacturers. Furnish manufacturer's material data and
certificates of performance for proposed.substitutions.
Colors: Match colors indicated by reference to manufacturer's color
designations.
GYPSUM BOARD JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS
General: Provide materials complying with ASTM C 475, ASTM C 840, and
recommendations of manufacturer of both gypsum board and joint treatment
materials for the application indicated.
Joint Tape: Paper reinforcing tape, unless otherwise indicated.
Setting -Type Joint Compounds: Factory -prepackaged, job -mixed,
chemical -hardening powder products formulated for uses indicated.
Where setting -type joint compounds are indicated for use as taping and
taping compounds, use formulation for each which develops greatest
bond strength and crack resistance and is compatible with other joint
compounds applied over it.
For prefilling gypsum board joints, use formulation recommended by
gypsum board manufacturer for this purpose.
TEXTURE FINISH MATERIALS
Primer: Of type recommended by manufacturer of texture finish.
Texture XII Drywall Surfacer (aggregated): United States Gypsum Co.
898-96C
PAINTING 09900 - 4
PAINTING, CONT
PART 8 - EXECUTION
n
Rxamine substrates and conditions_ with the Applicator present, under
which joint work and painting will be performed for compliance with paint
and finish application requirements.
Do not begin to apply paint until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry.
Start of painting and joint work will be construed as the Applicator's
acceptance of surfaces and conditions within a particular area.
Coordination of work: Review other sections in which primers are
provided to ensure compatibility of the total systems for various
substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish
materials to ensure use of compatible primers. Provide barrier coats
over incompatible primers or remove and reprime as required.
Prior to application, notify the Architect of problems anticipated
using the materials specified over substrates primed by others.
Genera? Procedures: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates,
machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items in place that are
not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of
the size or weight of the item, provide surface -applied protection prior
to surface preparation and painting. Remove these items if necessary for
complete painting of the items and adjacent surfaces.
Following completion of painting operations in each space or area,
have items reinstalled by workers skilled in the trades involved.
See Division 4 for masonry restoration and cleaning required prior to
painting.
Cleaning: Before applying paint or surface treatments, clean the
substrates that could impair the bond of various coatings. Remove oil and
grease prior to cleaning.
Schedule cleaning and painting so that dust and other contaminants
from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted
surfaces.
Surface r_parati_on: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted in
accordance .with the manufacturer's instructions for each particular
substrate condition and as specified.
Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime.
Notify Architect in writing of problems anticipated with using the
specified finish -coat material with substrates primed by others.
l Cam.n i_iouMaterials: Prepare concrete, concrete masonry block,
cement plaster, and mineral -fiber -reinforced cement panel surfaces to
�.. be painted. Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils,
and release agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. If
hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use mechanical
r° 898-96C
PAINTING 09900 - 5
methods of surface preparation.
Clean concrete floors to be painted with a 5 percent solution of
muriatic acid or other etching cleaner. Flush the floor with clean
water to remove acid, neutralize with ammonia, and rinse; allow to dry
and vacuum before painting.
Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with
scrapers, mineral spirits and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces
exposed to view smooth and dust off.
Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots and apply a thin coat of
white shellac or other recommended knot sealer before application of
primer. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish
surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried.
Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately upon delivery.
Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood, including
cabinets, counters, cases, and paneling.
Seal tops, bottoms, and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy
coat of varnish or sealer immediately upon delivery.
Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous -metal surfaces that have not
been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other
foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that
comply with recommendations of the Steel Structures Painting Council.
(SSPC).
Touch up bare areas and shop -applied prime coats that have been
damaged. Wire -brush, clean with solvents recommended by the paint
manufacturer, and touch up with the same primer as the shop coat.
Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with non- petroleum -based
solvents so that the surface is free of oil and surface contaminants.
Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil
stock by mechanical methods.
Materials Preparation: Carefully mix and prepare paint materials in
accordance with manufacturer's directions.
Maintain containers used in mixing and application of paint in a clean
condition, free of foreign materials and residue.
Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform
density. Stir as required during application. Do not stir surface —
film into material. Remove film and, if necessary, strain material
before using.
Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer, and only within
recommended limits.
in.ina: Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to simplify identification
of each coat when multiple coats of the same material are applied. Tint
undercoats to match the color of the finish coat, but provide sufficient
differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat.
898-96C
PAINTING 09900 - 6
PAINTING, CONT
C
General: Apply paint in accordance with manufacturer's written
instructions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate
and type of material being applied.
Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in
"Schedules."
Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed
surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint
film.
Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used.
The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or
built-in fixtures, convector covers, covers for finned tube radiation,
grilles, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in
these areas as required to maintain the system integrity and provide
desired protection.
Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar
exposed surfaces. Before the final installation of equipment, paint
surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime
coat only.
Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges same as
exterior faces.
Finish interior of wall and base cabinets and similar field -finished
casework to match exterior.
Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat.
Scheduling Paintina: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been
cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as
practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface
r- deterioration.
The number of coats and film thickness required is the same regardless
of the application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until the
previous coat has cured as recommended by the manufacturer. Sand
between applications where sanding is required to produce an even
smooth surface in accordance with the manufacturers directions.
Omit primer on metal surfaces that have been shop -primed and touch up
painted.
Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains, or other conditions
show through final coat of paint until paint film is of uniform
finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ensure that
surfaces, including edges, corners, crevices, weld, and exposed
fasteners, receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat
surfaces.
Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper
drying. Do not recoat until paint has dried to where it feels firm,
�. and does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure and
where application of another coat of paint does not cause lifting or
loss of adhesion of the undercoat.
898-96C
PAINTING 09900 - 7
Application Pro duns: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller,
spray, or other applicators according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
Brushes: Use brushes best suited for the type of material applied.
Use brush of appropriate size for the surface or item being painted.
Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high -pile sheep's
wool as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture
required.
Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as
recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required.
Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than the
manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide a total dry film
thickness of the entire system as recommended by the manufacturer.
Block Filler: Apply block fillers to concrete masonry block at a rate to
ensure complete coverage with pores filled.
Prime Coats: Before application of finish coats, apply a prime coat of
material as recommended by the manufacturer to material that is required
to be painted or finished and has not been prime coated by others.
Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or
unsealed areas in first coat appears, to assure a finish coat with no
burn through or other defects due to insufficient sealing.
Pigmented(Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to
provide an opaque, smooth surface of uniform finish, color, appearance,
and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs,
sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable.
Transparent (Clear) Finishes: Use multiple coats to produce a
glass -smooth surface film of even luster. Provide a finish free of laps,
runs, cloudiness, color irregularity, runs, brush marks, orange peel,
nail holes, or other surface imperfections.
Provide satin finish for final coats.
Stipple Enamel Finish: Roll and redistribute paint to an even and fine
texture. Leave no evidence of rolling such as laps, bands, irregularity
in texture, skid marks, or other surface imperfections.
CoMp1 ted Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage.
Remove, refinish, or repaint work not in compliance with specified
requirements.
General: Apply joint treatment at gypsum board joints (both directions);
flanges of corner bead, edge trim, and control joints penetrations;
fastener heads, surfaces defects and elsewhere as required to prepare
work for decoration.
Prefill open joints and rounded or beveled edges, if any, using
setting -type joint compound.
898-96C
PAINTING 09900 - 8
PAINTING,, CONT
Apiplx r jo
ints oints between gypsum boards, except where trim
�
r, accessories are indicated.
Finish interior gypsum wallboard by applying the following- joint
compounds in 3 coats (not including prefill of openings in base), and
�i sand between coats and after last coat:
Embedding and First Coat: Ready -mix drying -type all-purpose or taping
compound.
Full (Second) Coat: Ready -mix drying -type all-purpose or topping
compound.
Finish (Third) Coat: Ready -mix drying -type all purpose or topping
compound.
Partial Finishing: Omit third coat and sanding on concealed drywall
construction which is indicated for drywall finishing or which requires
finishing to achieve fire -resistance rating, sound rating or to act as
air or smoke barrier.
Surfa P paration and Primer: Prepare and prime drywall and other
surfaces in strict accordance with texture finish manufacturer's
instructions. Apply 'Sheet Rock' First Coat primer to all surfaces to
achieve texture finish.
Finish Application: Mix and apply finish to drywall and other surfaces
indicated to receive finish in strict accordance with manufacturer's
instructions to produce a uniform texture matching Architect's sample
without starved spots or other evidence of thin application, and free of
application patterns and lines.
Remove any texture droppings or oversppraX from door frames, windows,
light fixtures, equipment, electrical boxes and other adjoining
r- construction.
Cleanup: At the end of each work day, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish,
and other discarded paint materials from the site.
Upon completion of painting, clean glass and paint -spattered surfaces.
Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping, using care not to
scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.
Protect work of other trades, whether to be painted or not, against
damage by painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing,
and repainting, as acceptable to Architect.
Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove
temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their
work after completion of painting operations.
At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and
1 restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. Comply with procedures
898-96C
PAINTING 09900 - 9
specified in PDCA P1.
PAINT SCHEDULE
EXTERIOR PAINT SYSTEMS
Provide following paint systems for various substrates as
indicated.
Ferrous Metal: (Lintels, doors and frames)
ENAMEL: 1st Coat- Pittsburgh Inhibitive Red Primer
No. 6-203, brushed
2nd Coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide Exterior -Interior Enamel
3rd Coat Pittsburgh Speedhide Exterior -Interior Enamel
First coat not required on items delivered shop primed.
INTERIOR PAINT SYSTEMS
Provide following paint systems for various substrates, as indicated.
*Plaster (Existinal:
ENAMEL: * 1st.Coat - PPG Speedhide Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel
6-510
2nd Coat - Same as above only as needed to cover
existing dark colored walls.
SEAL: Apply one coat of clear or orange shellac over existing
and new prepared plaster walls.
* See Painting Preparation "Cementations Materials" for required
alternates.
Gypsum Drywall Systems:
ENAMEL: 1st Coat -.Sand finished texture with Latex
Primer -Sealer
2nd Coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide Latex Semi -Gloss
Enamel 6-510
3rd Coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide Latex Semi -Gloss
Enamel 6-510
2.5 mils dry film thickness.
SEAL: Apply one coat of clear or orange shellac over gypsum
board where vinyl -or paper wall fabric is to be applied.
(Remove texture from existing walls prior to sealing for
new wall covering).
898-96C
PAINTING 09900 - 10
stained Woodwork:
VARNISH: 1st Coat - Pittsburgh Rez Sealer Primer 77-1
2nd Coat - Pittsburgh Super Satin Wood Rez 77-9
3rd Coat - Pittsburgh Super Satin Wood Rez 77-9
Tn.erior Metal Frames:
1st Coat — Pittsburgh Inhibition Red Primer
6-203, brushed
2nd Coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide Exterior -Interior
Enamel (spray)
3rd Coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide Exterior -Interior
Enamel (spray)
First coat may be omitted on shop primed items.
898-96C
PAINTING 09900 - 11
SECTION 15000 - SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
FOR MECHANICAL AND LECTIRICAT,
PART I — GENERAL
RET-ATRD DOCUMENTS: The Contractor and each subcontractor shall read and
comply with all sections of these specifications, including the General
Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, information to bidders, and
all other pertinent documents issued by Architect. All such items are
hereby incorporated into and become a part of these specifications.
If conflicts exist between the General Conditions and these Supplementary
General Conditions for Mechanical and Electrical, the latter shall
govern.
PRECEDENCE: The mechanical systems, including piping, shall have
precedence over the electrical systems.
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATTONS: Drawings and specifications shall be
considered cooperative, and work or materials called for by one and not
mentioned in the other shall be done and furnished as though treated by
both.
In case of discrepancies in figures, drawings or specifications, the
Architect shall be notified before the signing of the Contract and his
decision on said discrepancies shall be adjusted by the Contractor only
at the Contractor's expense, and in case of any settlement of any
complication rising from such adjustment to the Contract, Contractor
shall bear all extra expenses involved.
The Contractor shall be responsible for resolving all coordination
required between trades. For example, items furnished under Division 15
which require electrical connections shall be coordinated with Division
16 for the following:
1. Voltage
2. Phase
3. Ampacity
4. No. and size of wires
5. Wiring diagrams
6. Starter size, details and location
7. Control devices and details
Items furnished under various sections which require plumbing connections
shall be coordinated for services, pressure, size and location of
connections, type of fuel, clearances for service, auxiliary devices
required, etc.
Items requiring insulation shall be fully insulated and that insulation
shall be checked against manufacturer's directions and job requirements
for suitability, coverage, thickness and finish.
Items installed in/on finished ceilings shall be coordinated with the
ceiling construction. The Contractor under each section shall conform to
the reflected ceiling plan and shall secure details and/or samples of the
ceiling materials as necessary to insure compatibility. Any device not
r, conforming to this requirement shall be replaced by the Contractor at his
expense.
All items specified under Division 15 and 16 shall be installed tight,
898-96C
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR MECH. & ELEC. 15000 - 1
plumb, -level, square and symmetrically placed in relation to the work of
other trades.
UTILITY CONNECTIONS: Note that where utility connection locations are
referenced by the word "verify" or "approximately", the exact locations
shall be .determined by the Contractor, with any and all utility
connections made by the Contractor as required, with no increase to the
Owner above the price indicated on the Contractor's proposal.
,1;T R AMTNATTON Bidders shall visit the site to satisfy themselves as
to the nature and scope of the work to be done. Information shown or
not shown on the drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of this
responsibility. The submission of a bid will be taken as evidence that
site examination has been made and all conditions which will effect the
work have been taken into consideration.
Special care should be taken to review Owner furnished equipment to be
used.
DEMO ,TTTON - GENERAL: Note on the plans and in the general construction
specifications, any demolition requirements included in this portion of
the specifications.
CODES: All work shall be executed in accordance with local, State and
National codes, ordinances, and regulations governing the particular
class of work involved. The Contractor shall be responsible for the
final execution of the work under this section to suit these
requirements. Where these specifications and the accompanying drawings
conflict in arrangements with code requirements, the Contractor shall
report the matter to the Architect, shall prepare any supplementary
drawings required, illustrating how the work may be installed in order to
comply, and on approval of the change by the Architect, shall install the
work in a satisfactory manner, without additional cost to the Owner.
FEES AND PERMITS: The Contractor and each subcontractor shall secure all`
permits and licenses required for work, shall pay all fees in connection
with such permits and licenses, and shall deliver all certificates of
inspection to the Owner.
PROTECTION OF WORK AND MATERIALS: The Contractor shall protect the work
and all materials (whether incorporated in the building or not) and shall
cover openings to protect the building from the weather.
The Contractor shall provide protection of all work in progress and shall
be responsible for all damage done to the Owner's property or to any
adjacent properties during the construction.
The Contractor shall submit for approval a complete list of. materials and
equipment which he proposes to use. The list shall give the
manufacturer's names and designations corresponding to each item as well
as complete capacity data and ratings of each piece of equipment showing
compliance with all required capacities. Should the Contractor fail to
make this submission within four weeks following the signing of the
Contract Documents, the Architect reserves the right to require the
898-96C
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR MECH. & ELEC. 15000 - 2
1
Contractor to furnish items exactly as mentioned herein. Submittal data
shall verify that the items offered will' fit the space requirements.
Simple summary sheets alone are not acceptable. Such sheets shall be
accompanied by.calculations, charts, nomographs, tabulation tables, etc.,
p„ enabling the reviewer to do detailed review of equipment selections.
Any item furnished with approval of the Architect (in lieu of the item
specified), which in the opinion of the Architect does not perform
satisfactorily, shall be replaced by the Contractor with the item
originally specified, at no additional cost to the Owner or Architect.
This provision shall be applicable to any item within the warranty
period.
See Division 1 Section 01340 for further requirements.
coordination Drawings: Where coordination with building systems is
required or not fully shown on shop drawings, the contractor shall
ascertain existing or anticipated conditions prior to fabrication prepare
and submit Coordination Drawings where close and careful coordination is
required for installation of products and materials fabricated off -site,
and where limited space availability necessitates maximum utilization of
space for efficient installation of different components.
Show the interrelationship of components shown on separate Shop
Drawings.
Indicate required installation sequences.
Comply with requirements contained in Section "Submittals."
Show routing, clearances, off -sets, sizes, and other conditions
required to properly install the system in, around or through the
areas involved.
Properly note all coordination of trades.
See Division 1 Section 01340 for further requirements.
Wherever shop drawings are called for in these specifications, they shall
be furnished by the Contractor for the work involved after review by the
Architect as to the make and type of material and in sufficient time so
that no delay or changes will be caused. This is done in order to
facilitate progress on the job and failure on the part of the Contractor
to comply shall render him liable to stand the expense of any and all
delays, changes in construction, etc., occasioned by his failure to
provide the necessary details.
Also, if the Contractor fails to comply with this
provision,
the
Architect reserves the right to go directly to the
manufacturer
he
selects and secure any details he might deem necessary,
and should there
*'
be any charges in connection with this, they shall
be borne by
the
Contractor.
See Division 1 for further requirements.
MATERIALS: All materials shall be new and of the quality indicated
by
898-96C
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR MECH. & ELEC.
15000
- 3
the specifications, unless noted otherwise. Where.manufacturers' names
are mentioned in these specifications, it has been done to establish a
standard of quality and construction. Where one brand name only is
specified for any item, the Contractor shall limit his. choice to the
brand name shown. Note that the brand name used as a basis .of design is
shown in schedules. Where the clause "or approved equal" occurs, other
brand names will be accepted, provided they meet the standards of quality
and performance established by the specifications. All substitutions
shall be approved by the Architect.
SUB TTT TTONS:_ Necessary changes in the work of any trades resulting
from approved substitutions by the Contractor shall be paid for by the
Contractor making the substitution.
GENERAL PIPING AND CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS: The Contractor shall furnish
and install (including all labor and materials required) the various
piping systems as herein specified, adhering to the general routing and
methods of distribution shown on the drawings. All required pipe,
fittings, hangers, valves, sleeves, -inserts, gages, thermometers and such
other items and appurtenances that may be required for the satisfactory
operation of the various systems, shall be included.
All piping and conduits shall be installed in a direct, neat, and
workmanlike manner, employing only mechanics skilled in each respective
trade.
Exposed lines shall be run parallel with, or perpendicular to, building
lines, and wherever possible shall be grouped together for easier service
and identification. Lines which required a definite grade for draining
shall have precedence in routing over all other lines. Wherever
possible, horizontal and vertical lines shall be held as closely as
possible to the walls, ceilings, struts, members, etc., so as to occupy
the minimum space consistent with the proper requirements for insulation,
expansion, removal of pipe and access to valve, dampers, etc.
In general, all piping and all conduit in finished areas of the building
shall be run concealed in chases, furrings, above suspended ceilings,
etc., unless noted (or directed) otherwise. Should any condition arise
which would cause any piping to be exposed in finished areas, it shall
immediately be called to the Architect's attention, and the Contractor
shall bear any and all expense in connection with arranging his work as
directed to facilitate its concealment.
Conduit may be exposed on walls where concealment is not required. All
such exposed conduit shall be run straight and true without offsets or
bends, and shall be perfectly vertical or horizontal. All conduit shall
have couplings and connectors as noted in the Electrical Specifications.
The mechanical plans do not give all details concerning elevation of
lines, exact locations, etc., and do not show all the offsets, control
lines, pilot lines and other installation details. The Contractor shall
carefully lay out his work at the site to conform to the structural
conditions, to provide proper grading of lines to avoid all obstructions,
and to conform to details on installation supplied by the manufacturer of
the equipment to be installed; and thereby to provide an integrated,
satisfactory operating installation.
898-96C
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR MECH. & ELEC. 15000 - 4
• ►I NLAlrei 01,10_IWOONO _I REM 31 lGroull :1 Z6111 MMVMM
Valves which are required for the control or isolation of any and all
1 parts of the system shall be furnished, installed, and located in an
accessible position, or made accessible through removable panels, etc.
Where several valves are related in function, they shall be grouped in a
pattern. All required access doors or panels will be furnished and
installed by the General Contractor.
Unions, or flanges, shall be used at connections to all equipment to
facilitate dismantling, and elsewhere as required in the erection of the
pipe or in the installation of valves. Unions shall be accessible.
Nipples shall be of the same material and composition as the pipe on
which they are installed, and shall be extra heavy when unthreaded
shoulder is less than one (1) inch. No running thread nipples will be
permitted.
All pipe and accessories shall be products of domestic mills located
within the continental limits of the United States.
Where pipes, conduit, and E.T.M. pass through floors, smoke partitions
and walls, galvanized steel pipe sleeves shall be used. Sleeves through
roof decks -shall be 26 gauge sheet metal. Sleeves in pipe chases shall
extend 1-1/2 inch above the floor slab and be cemented in a watertight
manner. The size of these sleeves shall be such as to permit readily the
insertion of pipe of the proper size. In the case of insulated lines,
the diameter --of sleeves shall be at least 1/2 inch greater than the
outside diameter of the insulated line. Where these sleeves occur in
walls having a waterproofing coating, the sleeves shall have flanges
welded on them to build into the waterproofing. When pipes are
installed, the angular space between the pipe and the sleeve shall be
effectively sealed using an approved mastic sealer. No plumbing pipes
shall be installed directly in the concrete, or set directly in masonry
walls.
See Division 7 'Joint Sealants' for fire and smoke resistant sealants at
rated walls.
PITCH PANS; All pipes, conduits, etc., passing through roof construction
shall be installed,in pitch pans, proper roof jacks or curbs.
FLOOR AND CEILING PLATES AND FLANGES
Unless otherwise noted, provide and install chromium plated sectional
floor and ceiling plates around all pipes and conduits passing exposed
through the wall, floors or ceilings. Plates shall be sized to fit
outside of insulation on lines, etc., but to fit snugly.
Solid plates with set screws shall be used on any lines where the
sectional plates will not stay in place or are not available in adequate
size.
Provide flanges, covers and plates to finish out all devices to final
finishes and coverings at walls, floors and ceiling.
4
PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS (PLUMPING,, MECHANICAL & EIECTRICAL)
898-96C
n TTT n T 771. r+.•m r r-W r nT+T TnTrT w ITN T T T n TT!+ n(177� 1Of Ll r•u 0 nT 77/` 1 r, nno) C.
All pipe throughout the building, both horizontal and vertical, shall be
adequately supported with clamps or hangers sized to fit the lines and to
adequately support their weight. Provide devices manufactured
specifically for the hanging of lines and pipes being supported. No
piping conduit or lines are to be supported with wire or plumbing straps.
At the bases of lines where required for the proper support, furnish and
install anchor base fittings or other approved supports. Individual
horizontal lines shall be adequately supported using hangers that are
sized to fit the pipe. Where multiple pipes are indicated, they may be
supported on continuous hangers, provided pipes are running parallel to
the same elevation and grade. For particular conditions, other special
hangers may be employed.
Hangers shall be manufactured by Kindorff, Unistrut, Elcen, or approved
equal.
All horizontal plumbing and mechanical pipes and electrical conduit
supported from the construction shall be suspended on rods not smaller
than the manufacturer's recommendations for the loads imposed and
provided with hanger adjustors. Inserts (when used) shall be set in
place before concrete is poured. Use special supports where required by
particular conditions at the site.
All hangers shall be so located as to properly support the horizontal
piping, but in no case shall hangers be located on centers greater than
six feet for 1/2 inch and 3/4 inch lines, seven feet for 1 inch lines,
eight feet for 1-1/4 inch lines, nine feet for 1-1/2 inch lines, ten feet
for 2 inch and 2-1/2 inch lines, and twelve feet for larger lines. For
soil lines, hangers shall be 5'-0" on horizontal runs, and where required
by the conditions, hangers _shall be more closely spaced. Provide and
install any braces required to prevent excess side way of lines, taking
care not to restrict any necessary expansion of lines. Twenty gauge 10"
long galvanized sleeves or saddles shall be used with hangers installed
over insulated pipe.
Where pipes of different trades may possibly be racked on the same
supporting structure, the Contractor shall provide the necessary
coordination between the various trades to properly locate the supporting
members. The various trades shall cooperate with each other to the end
that the same type of hangers may be used throughout insofar as
practicable.
All exposed vertical lines shall be braced from the wall construction at
no less than two points, one of which shall be approximately six feet
above the floor, to prevent sidewise motion of risers. Braces shall be
as specified for multiple pipes, and supports at each slab shall be with
Kindorff or approved equal, C-210 clamps. In the case of insulated
lines,'oversize hangers of clamps as required shall be installed.
Hangers, anchors, and related items installed in direct contact with _
copper pipe shall be bronze, copper or copper -plated steel.
Hangers, anchors, and related items which support ferrous piping shall be
steel with galvanized coating. -
All piping shall be installed with due regard to expansion and
contraction and the type of hanger, method of support, location of
898-96C
!•rrr,n+ rT..r^TrmT r1\r ,�1rRTrT7T T rnTTT%TMTn,Tr- rnr +�!^r''77 0, 7 7 r,
supports, etc., shall be governed, in part, by this consideration.
CUTTTNG AND PATCHING: The Contractor under each section shall either
perform or arrange for any cutting and patching required in the
installation of his work: He shall obtain permission from the Architect
before doing any cutting. All patching shall be done in such manner that
the surrounding work will be restored to its original conditions. See
Division 1, Cutting and Patching, for further requirements.
At unfinished surfaces, the Contractor for work under each section shall
be responsible for the patching of all openings cut to install the work
covered by that section and to repair the damage resulting from the
failure of any part of work installed hereunder.
At finished surfaces, the General Contractor shall be responsible for the
patching of all openings cut to install the work specified herein, and to
repair the damage resulting from the failure of any part of the work
installed hereunder.
All openings cut through the roof or exterior walls shall be provided
with a temporary watertight cover during the construction or until
permanent installation or repair has been made. All pipe and conduit run
through the roof shall be installed in pitch pockets installed for
flashing prior to the installation of the roofing.
Where openings are cut through masonry walls, the Contractor under each
respective section shall provide and install lintels or other structural
supports to protect the remaining masonry and adequate support shall be
provided during the cutting operation to prevent any damage to the
masonry occasioned by the operation. All structural members, supports,
etc., shall be of the size, shape, and installed as directed by the
Architect.
Where openings are cut through roof deck, the contractor of each
respective trade shall neatly saw deck to required opening size. Do not
punch or hammer through deck.
PATNTTNG : Painting of all pipes and conduit where shown shall be done by
the Contractor under Division 9, PAINTING.
COVER: All electrical lines installed underground shall have a minimum
of 24 inches cover, from the top of the line to the finished grade. All
underground gas, water and waste lines shall have a minimum of 18 inches
cover from the finished grade to the top of the line unless otherwise
noted.
The shop drawings for all equipment are hereby made a part of these
specifications. The Contractor under each section of the specifications
r, shall rough -in for the exact item to be furnished on the job, whether in
another section of the specifications or by the Owner.
The Contractor shall refer to all drawings and other sections of the
specifications for the scope of work involved for the new equipment, and
by actual site examination determine the scope of the required equipment
connections for the Owner -furnished equipment.
r-•
898-96C
- ^.r ^.rn •.W fit r.Tlwir"� /n ATT,TRI'r nwy '+ *+/1r+ •i T./+TT 0 T.r 4 r eN e, n
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL ONDT IONS FOR MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL, CONT
Should any of the equipment furnished require connections of a nature
different from that shown on the drawings, report the matter to the
Architect, and finally connect as directed by the Architect.
Should any shop drawings not be available for equipment, furnished under
other contractors or by the Owner, the Contractor under each section of
these specifications shall bid the work as detailed on the drawings and
verify connection and services to equipment before such services are
installed.
Minor differences in the equipment furnished and that indicated on the
drawings will not constitute ground for additional payment to the
Contractor.
The Contractor shall visit the site and become familiar with the extent
of existing asbestos insulation material, if any. Where demolition of
piping systems containing asbestos exists, the Contractor shall comply
with the requirements of EPA regulations, National Emissions Standards
for asbestos, and the OSHA regulations on asbestos, Section 1910.1001, as well as applicable state laws and city codes and ordinances. The
Contractor shall be responsible with obtaining approval for waste
disposal site in compliance with Section 61.25 of the EPA regulations. _
Asbestos materials rendered inaccessible above ceilings or in chases
where pipe is to remain will not be required to be removed.
CLEANUP: The Contractor shall remove from the building and the plan site
all rubbish and dirt as it accumulates under the Contract. At completion,
all areas shall be broom cleaned, and all obstructions, surplus
materials, etc., removed.
TESTING: The Contractor under each division shall, at his own expense,
perform the various tests specified and others that may be required by
National, State, and local authorities. The Contractor shall furnish all
fuel and materials necessary for making tests.
Any leaks or defective materials found shall be repaired and replaced and
test shall be repeated until no further leaks or defects are indicated.
G RANT.E: Each Contractor shall guarantee all labor and materials
furnished by him for a period of one year. Guarantee period shall extend
from the time of final acceptance of the building. The guarantee shall
cover the repair or replacement, without additional cost the Owner, of
any defective material or faulty workmanship.
Where a guarantee period greater than one year is required for any piece
of equipment, it will be specified hereinafter.
898-96C
^T7n- T)T L'T. rWrTM my ;-_.rlkTT+pRT, (InPTnTMTr)Vq T7r)P M r0tT Q.-%T,F(-
7 Qr-rTTON 1 5511 Q - PT,17HRINr
�* GENERAL: The General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and other
t. pertinent documents issued by the Architect are hereby incorporated in
these specifications and form a part thereof.
rSCOPE OF WORK: The work covered by these specifications consist of the
' furnishing of all equipment, materials, labor, fees, permits, meters,
paving cuts, and certificates of inspection that may be required for the
installation of the plumbing work specified and shown on the drawings.
This work shall include, but not be limited to the following items:
Domestic Water Piping above floor
Drains, Vents and Sewer above floor
Insulation
Sump pump and related materials.
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE: See "Supplementary General Conditions
for Mechanical and Electrical."
REGUL,ATTONS AND .ORDINANC.ES: See "Supplementary General Conditions for
Mechanical and Electrical."
EXCAVATION AND RACKFILL: See
"Supplementary General Conditions
for
Mechanical and Electrical" and
Division 1.
"Supplementary
CUTTING AND PATCHING: See
General Conditions
for
Mechanical and Electrical."
SOIL AND WASTE PIPE: Soil and waste pipe under the concrete slabs in
the
building and outside the building
shall be Schedule 40 PVC. Waste drain
and vent lines above the slab
studs to be cast iron.
shall be Schedule 40 PVC. Exposed
vent
Connections to vertical stacks may be made with sanitary tees, and short
1/4 bends. Changes'in direction of horizontal pipe shall be made with
l wyes, combination wye and 1/8 bends, or long sweep 1/4, 1/8, and 1/15
bends.
Soil and waste pipe in the building shall be graded 1/4" per foot when
possible, but not less than 1/8" per foot in any case.
VENTS: Three inch and larger concealed vents shall be Schedule 40 PVC or
ASB Type 1 plastic. Exposed vents to be cast iron, vents smaller than
three inches may be galvanized steel pipe, schedule 40, with galvanized
malleable iron fittings.
PTPTNG - GENERAL: See "Supplementary General Conditions for Mechanical
and Electrical."
WATER PIPING: All domestic water piping in the building above the floor,
unless otherwise noted, shall be TYPE "L" Copper, with brass or wrought
copper fittings. Cast fittings will not be accepted. All connections
shall be made using 95-5 or silver solder.
r All.connections between ferrous and non-ferrous materials shall be made
with di -electric insulating unions, or fittings.
r..E
858-96C
^T TT►�f [1Twrr 1 r 1
STORM DRATNA,F LTNF.S : Type 'L' copper with brass or wrought fittings and
95-5 solder.
p, PI E SUPPORTS AND HANGERS: See "Supplementary General Conditions for -
Mechanical and Electrical".
S,.FVES: See "Supplementary General Conditions for Mechanical and
Electrical".
ESCUTCHEONS See "Supplementary General Conditions for Mechanical and
Electrical". —
TNSULATTON: For all new lines above slab provide 1" thick ASJ/SSL
Owens-Corning fiberglass 2-piece insulation with Zestone insulation and
jackets at fittings.
Tests: All tests required by the Owner or Architect, by local
authorities, or as specified shall be done by this contractor, without `
additional costs to the Owner. Defects found by test shall be
immediately repaired, and the test repeated. ` Test all lines before
insulation is installed. --
Cold water piping shall be tested (hydrostatic test) for one hour at a
gage pressure of 100 lbs. No plumbing shall be done during test period.
Drainage system shall be tested by completely filling the lines. The
system shall be completely tight at all joints with no leaks.
Any leaks found as a result of the tests shall be repaired immediately,
and the test shall be repeated.
Guarantee: See "Supplementary General Conditions for Mechanical and
Electrical".
898-96C
VTT7IdMT'NT17� 1 F11 n _ 7
gFC-TTON 15180 RVATTNr._ VFNTTT ATTNr, ANT) _ AIR nOX7)TTTQNTNG
General: The "General Conditions," and "Supplementary General Provisions
t" for Mechanical and Electrical" documents issued by the Architect are
�i hereby incorporated in these specifications and form a part thereof.
SCOPE OF WORK: The work covered by these specifications consist of the
furnishings of all equipment, materials, labor, fees, permits, and
certificates of inspection that may be required to complete the heating,
ventilating and air conditioning work specified, shown on the drawings,
and required by Code.
t
The work shall include, but not be limited to, the following items:
Filters
Ducts (supply, return and exhaust)
Grilles, registers and diffusers
Insulation
SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS: See "Supplementary General Provisions for
Mechanical and Electrical".
REGULATIONSND ORDINANCES: See "Supplementary General Provisions for
Mechanical and Electrical."
See "Supplementary General Provisions
for Mechanical and Electrical."
1 MOTORS AND STARTERS: See "Supplementary General Provisions for
Mechanical and Electrical."
SHEET METAL DUCTWORK: To be constructed of galvanized steel sheets,
suitable for low velocity systems as hereinafter specified. Unless
otherwise approved, ducts shall conform accurately to the dimensions
indicated and shall be straight and smooth on the inside, with joints
neatly finished.
Joints for low velocity ducts shall be made substantially air tight, and
no dust marks from air leaks shall show at duct joints, or connections to
grilles, registers, and diffusers. Lap at the joints for low velocity
system shall be made in the direction of air flow. Button punch or bolt
connections in standing seams shall be spaced at fixed center not greater
l; than 6 inches. Horizontal locks and seams of the type known as Button
Punch Snap Lock may be used in lieu of Pittsburg lock.
Transformation shall be made with sides pitched not to exceed a maximum
of 20 degrees, 40 degrees included angle, for diverging air flow and 30
degrees, 60 degrees included angle, for converging air flow, or as
indicated on the drawings.
Square elbows, fittings and branch take -offs for low velocity shall be
designed, constructed and installed as recommended in Sheet Metal and Air
Conditioning National Contractors Association, Duct Manual, Sections 1
and 2.
r
Round 26 gage sheet metal duct shall extend from take -off to grill.
r
898-96C
TTT 'l M*rlp '. TI—ITM "I TTT w TT nnTT^T!T1+r1%T T%T/,
Other details of duct construction, stiffeners, access doors, hangers,
anchors and supports, duct joints, volume dampers, etc., shall be
specified and/or indicated on the drawings. Installation of items not
shown in detail or not covered by detailed specifications shall be as set
forth in the Duct Manual, Section 1 - Low Velocity Systems, of the Sheet
Metal and Air Conditioning National Association.
Duct supports shall be not less than two 1-inch by 1/16-inch thick
galvanized strap -iron hangers spaced one on each side of duct in
accordance with SMACNA Duct Manual.
INSULATION: All supply, ducts, take -offs, round galvanized duct supply
grilles and other accessories shall be insulated with 1-1/2" thick, 1-1/2
lb. per cubic foot density Gustin-Bacon or approved equal fiber -glass
faced one side with vinyl facing with 2" tab one edge. Insulation shall
be wrapped on ducts with facing overlapping all joints.at least 2" and
held in place with 4" strips of insulation bonding adhesive. On ducts
over 30" in width, spot application of Minnesota Mining EC-1128, or
equal, adhesive shall be made and further secured on the under -side with
sheet metal screws and caps, and screws shall be covered with 4" wide
paper applied with wheat paste and vapor sealed with vapor barrier
mastic.
Verify all dimensions of existing ducts to insure inside faces line
between new and existing ducts.
Round branch ducts, flexible ducts and wrapped ducts are dimensioned to
the inside dimension or diameter.
SPIN -IN OR CONICAL TAPS
All round takeoffs shall be made with spin -in conical type fittings for
sheet metal duct. Taps to ceiling diffusers shall be furnished with a
factory installed balancing damper, positive locking nut and air scoop.
AIR DISTRTRUTTON D'.VT _ .S
All items of air distribution shall be Krueger, or approved equal, as
shown on the plans and indicated herein.
FIRE DAMPERS
Fire dampers shall be provided and installed at all points and as
indicated on the drawings and at all other location as required by
applicable codes. Provide access panels in the duct work and platforms
as required to service and test the damper.
Furnish fire dampers with fusible links rated for 160 degree F unless
otherwise indicated. Fire dampers shall be constructed of galvanized
steel and be classified under U.L. Standard 555 and bear a U.L. label.
Provide minimum label for the following conditions unless otherwise noted
on the drawings.
Partitions: 1-1/2 hour label
898-96C
--^�mr*:Tn <irnTmrr �mrnr +,%Tr, r+n i+n+,*r,rmr/)wiTT.Tr_
Partition dampers:
Ruskin IBD/B
Provide interlocking blade curtain type suitable for horizontal or
vertical mounting as required.
Fusible links to be provided on both sides of walls.
Provide angle frames as required for mounting behind grilles at
existing walls and floors.
Dampers are to be installed in strict accordance with U.L., SMACNA, NFPA
90A, and the manufacturer's instructions. Provide steel sleeves, angles,
support wires, and attachment devices as required to meet all applicable
codes and listings.
GUARANTEES: Refer to "Supplementary General Provisions for Mechanical
and Electrical."
898-96C
•+^T�'1 �'+.T,^1 +rn 9.+Trr T. r'1r1+,^++. 1TT I!11 w1 TAT rnT nTTT r,T /'. Iron "1
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division - 1 Specification Sections, apply
to work of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The work to be done under this section of the
specifications consists of the furnishing of all labor, materials,
equipment, devices, supplies and certificate of inspection that may be
required to complete and leave ready for operation the electrical work
specified, shown on the drawings, and required by code.
Work is not limited to but includes the installation of the following:
Lighting fixtures and associated conduit, switching and wiring.
Power and convenience outlets, fixture outlets, switches and controls
as shown on the drawings.
Conduit, junction boxes, outlets for computer system.
Wiring of controls, motors and pumps.
Contractor shall verify all existing conditions, panel locations,
availabilities of existing circuits and locations prior to bid.
MAT,F:RTAL AND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE: See "Mechanical and Electrical
Supplementary Conditions" and Division 1.
SUBSTITUTTON OF MATERIALS: See "Mechanical and Electrical Supplementary
Conditions" and Division 1.
See "Mechanical and Electrical Supplementary Conditions"
Verify and install all systems in accordance with local and governing
codes.
QFN .RAT, WTRTN G R ,Q tT EMENTS : See "Mechanical and Electrical
Supplementary Conditions".
All wiring shall be installed in metallic raceways(EMT). Galvanized
rigid conduit shall be used for all feeder and power circuits where
electrical metallic tubing is prohibited.
Joints at conduit shall be made tight with standard galvanized steel
compression couplings and connectors at exterior or wet locations. Use
steel set screw connectors and couplings at other locations. End of
conduit shall be cut square and reamed and all joints brought
butt -to -butt in couplings.
Conduit connections to motors shall consist of twelve (12) inch length
(minimum) flexible conduit, with the rigid conduit securely fastened to
a wall or other non -vibrating support. Motor connections shall terminate
in conduit box or "Condulet" fitting. Conduit exposed to weather shall
have a durable plastic coating.
BRANCH CIRCUITS - LIGHTING AND POWER WIRING: The electrical Contractor
shall furnish and install a new system of lighting and power branch
circuit wiring existing junction boxes or panels to the various outlets.
898-96C
All wiring shall be substantially as shown on the drawings.
This Contractor shall furnish and install a complete system of motor or
equipment branch circuit wiring from the respective switches and/or
panels to each piece of equipment, including setting and wiring of _
starters, disconnects, and control switches, as required and/or indicated
on the drawings.
No branch circuit or switch leg shall be installed with wire smaller than
number twelve (#12) awg`copper. For 20 amp branch circuits so indicated
on drawings or in excess of 100 feet in length, number ten (#10) copper
wire shall be used. —
Special care shall be taken so that circuits are connected to the panels
in such an arrangement as to insure, insofar as possible, that loads on _
the different phases at the panel are balanced.
See "Heating and Air Conditioning" for other requirements.
CONTROL WIRING The electrical contractor shall furnish and install all
control wire for the mechanical equipment. Coordinate type and location
of wiring with mechanical contractor.
DEVICES AND PLATES: General wiring devices and plates shall be
manufactured by General Electric, Hubble, and.Leviton or approved equal,
and shall be similar to the following:
Provide light colored devices and plates at light colored walls and dark
colored plates at dark colored walls.
MANUFACTURER GE HUBBLE
Quiet type switches 20A, 120/277 (W-S-896)
1 pole 5951 1221
2 pole 5952 1222
3 way 5953 1223
Duplex receptacle -grounding
15 amp 5262 5262
15 amp IG-5262
20 amp IG-5362
Waterproof duplex receptacle -grounding
20 amp receptacle
above with 9226-95 5205 _
Ground fault circuit interrupter
20 amp GF-5352
Waterproof duplex receptacle -grounding
GFCI as above
with waterproof WP26
All lighting switches shown adjacent to door jambs shall be within 6"of
shown jamb.
Mount all switches and controls 48" above finish floor to centerline.
Mount all receptacles a minimum of 15" AFF to centerline for handicapped.
898-96C
ELECTRICAL 16110 - 2.
r
,
PM
See. Rouibment Schedule and drawings for other mounting heights.
Provide around fault circuit interrupter receptacles at all exterior
locations and at all outlets within 6' of sinks or lavatories.
Match cover plates in existing spaces.
Provide single type gang plates at single devices and equivalent
multiple configuration plates where two or more devices are
located together.
IILiES: This Contractor shall furnish and install all fuses necessary to
leave the installation complete and in working order. All fuses shall be
Bussman, dual -element and/or current limiting as indicated, unless
otherwise noted. Furnished to the Owner spare fuses, amounting to 3% of
each size and type.
WIRE: All conductors in conduit unless otherwise noted or specified
shall be N.E.C. type "TW" copper, with conductivity equal 98% that of
pure copper. All conductors and branch circuits shall be color coded in
accordance with paragraph 210-5, Article 210 of the N.E.C.
The insulation on all wire and cable shall be rated at 600 volts except
for the low voltage control or switching circuits which may be rated at
300 volts.
Number six (#6) and larger shall be stranded. All wire shall conform to
the requirements of ASTM, shall bear the Underwriters' approval and shall
have size, voltage, and code markings stamped on insulation.
Each conductor splice, connection point, outlet, switch junction or pull
point shall be an outlet box with cover or plate.
OUTLET BOXES: In general, all outlet boxes shall be concealed where
possible, and shall be constructed of code gauge steel, galvanized inside
and outside at conduit locations.
Bracket outlets shall be installed at a height shown on the plans, or as
directed on the job. Switch outlets shall be installed four feet (V -0" )
above the finished floor, unless otherwise noted. Receptacle outlets
shall be installed fifteen (15) inches above the floor, and 8" above
cabinet tops, unless otherwise noted.
Where switches or outlets are shown to be located together, double,
triple or equivalent type gang boxes shall be used.
Provide 2" deep shallow boxes at furred wall systems.
JUNCTION BOXES: Where shown, or required, junction or pull boxes shall
be provided, to facilitate pulling, splicing, taping, or nesting of
conductors. Such boxes shall be of adequate size to suit the purpose,
constructed of code gauge steel, galvanized outside and inside, or
approved non-ferrous material and securely fastened to the building
structure, independent of the conduit. Boxes installed outdoors shall be
weather-proof, with gasketed covers and corrosion resistant screws.
898-96C
ELECTRICAL 16110 - 3
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: This contractor. shall furnish all necessary
hangers, brackets, clamps, etc., as required to properly support all
conduit, cable and other devices and equipment in such a manner as to
prevent sag and undue strain.
SLEEVES AND INSERTS: See "Mechanical and Electrical Supplementary
Conditions".
LTGHTTNG FTXTURPS: This Contractor shall furnish, install and wire
lighting fixtures as shown and scheduled. Each fixture shall be complete
with all necessary hangers mounting devices, shades, stems, canopies,
louvers, reflectors, lamps and other devices required.
Fluorescent fixtures shall be equipped with high power factor energy
saving ballasts with low noise level, class "P".
Lenses: Where acrylic lenses are specified, provide minimum thickness of
0.125 inches.
Lamps: All lamps are to be reduced wattage GE Wat-miser II, Lite-White.
ROUGH -INS: This Contractor shall rough -in, and make final connections
to, all items of special equipment furnished under other sections of
these specifications. He shall be responsible for all such items which
may be shown on plans or other than the electrical section, and/or
specified in other sections of the specifications.
This Contractor shall familiarize himself with all requirements for such
special devices, and shall include in his bid price all items which may
be required (but not furnished) by the equipment manufacturer.
All wiring of every description shall be run in conduit unless
specifically noted or specified to the contrary.
Conduits, shall be concealed in all finished parts of the building,
conduits shall be neat and parallel with each other and with the lines of
the building and shall be firmly secured in place by means of approved
hangers, straps, and screws, and expansion shields where required.
All conduits in concrete slabs shall be standard weight, rigid steel
conduits, thin -wall threadless conduit with concrete -tight fittings may
be used elsewhere. All conduit shall be standardized or hot galvanized
on both exterior and interior surfaces.
Where conduits terminate at distribution, junction or outlet boxes, they
shall be secured thereto, with two locknuts and bushings. All openings
in conduits larger than 2" diameter shall have two locknuts and
insulation bushings. All openings in conduit, immediately upon
installation, shall be capped for protection against entry from foreign
matter, pending pulling in wires.
All cutting of conduits shall be done squarely with a hacksaw and not
with a pipe cutter, the ends to be reamed and all burrs removed after the
application of thread -cutting dies.
All lateral runs of conduits whenever possible and practical shall be
898-96C
ELECTRICAL 16110 - 4
�•• installed so as to provide a natural drain for condensation without
pockets or traps where moisture may collect.
Fish wire shall be left in all empty conduits.
All conduits through roof shall be installed in time to be finished by
the roofing contractor.
Where conduit is installed in slabs, it must be done as soon as forms are
in place and in such a manner as to not impair the strength of the slab.
GROUNDING: All appliances, switches, receptacles, devices and other
electrical equipment wired and connected by this contractor, shall be
effectively and permanently grounded in accordance with N.E.C. and local
codes.
A green equipment grounding conductor shall be connected to all panel
enclosures, motors, and other circuits as noted.
WARRANTY: This Contractor shall be held responsible for all defects in
equipment, materials, and workmanship for a period of one (1) year after
final acceptance of job. He shall repair or replace any defects of
material, equipment, or workmanship without expense to the Owner during
the warranty period.
r
898-96C
TT,rr rrTr'r.T.
1rIin -
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.
Page is too large to OCR.